UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

Or

 

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

 

Commission file number: 000-49933

 

EMARINE GLOBAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Nevada   95-4886472
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

4TH FLOOR, 15-14, SAMSAN-RO 308BEON-GIL

NAM-GU

ULSAN M5 44715

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone Number: 82-70-7204-9352

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

[  ] Yes [X] No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

[  ] Yes [X] No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes [  ] No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “non-accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer [  ] Accelerated Filer [  ]
Non-accelerated Filer [  ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller Reporting Company [X]
  Emerging Growth Company [  ]

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). [  ] Yes [X] No

 

At June 30, 2017, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $214,666,770 based on the closing price of $15.00 as of that date.

 

As of April 17 2018, there are 22,927,992 shares of the common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: NONE

 

 

 

 
 

 

EMARINE GLOBAL INC.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page No.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 3
     
  PART I  
Item 1. Business 4
Item 1A. Risk Factors 12
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 18
Item 2. Properties 19
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 19
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 19
     
  PART II  
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 20
Item 6 Selected Financial Data 22
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 22
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 27
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 27
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 27
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 27
Item 9B. Other Information 27
     
  PART III  
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 28
Item 11. Executive Compensation 31
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 32
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 34
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 34
     
  PART IV  
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 36
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 37
   
SIGNATURES 38

 

  2  
 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may include statements about our:

 

  business strategy;
     
  financial strategy;
     
  intellectual property;
     
  production;
     
  future operating results; and
     
  plans, objectives, expectations and intentions contained in this report that are not historical.

 

All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this report, regarding our strategy, intellectual property, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. When used in this report, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this report are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these plans, intentions or expectations will be achieved. These statements may be found under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Properties,” as well as in this report generally. Actual events or results may differ materially from those discussed in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and matters described in this report generally. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained in this filing will in fact occur.

 

  3  
 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

 

Organizational History

 

eMarine Global Inc., formerly Pollex, Inc., was originally incorporated in the State of Nevada on November 2, 2001 under the name “Web Views Corporation.” In June 2003, the Company acquired 100% of Cascade Mountain Mining Corp. (“Cascade Corp.”) pursuant to an exchange agreement. As a result of the acquisition of Cascade Corp., and the change in focus of the Company’s business, the Company changed its name from “Web Views Corporation” to “Cascade Mountain Mining Company, Inc.” on June 17, 2003, in connection with a Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. The Certificate of Amendment also affected a 60:1 forward stock split, which became effective on June 24, 2003, and reauthorized 300,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

On January 7, 2005, we changed our name to “National Parking Systems, Inc.” and effected a 1:4,000 reverse stock split, re-authorized 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, and re-authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share. On November 18, 2005, we changed our name to “BioStem, Inc.” and the Company’s common stock traded under the new stock symbol “BTEM”. The Company’s focus was parking and parking related services, including valet parking services which the Company operated through its wholly owned subsidiary BH holding Company, Inc. (“BH”) and vehicle immobilization services which the Company operated through its wholly owned subsidiary ABS Holding Company, Inc. (“ABS”).

 

On October 12, 2007, we entered into a Stock Exchange Agreement with Joytoto Co., Ltd., a Korean public company traded on the KOSDAQ (“Joytoto Korea”), and Joyon Entertainment Co., Ltd, a Korean company, to purchase 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Joyon Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“JEI”), in exchange for 115,000,000 shares of our common stock (after giving effect to a one-for-forty reverse split of our common stock) as well as the divestment of our two subsidiaries, BH Holding Company, Inc. and ABS Holding Company, Inc. Effective on October 31, 2007, our name was changed to “Joytoto USA, Inc.” and our common stock commenced trading under the new symbol “JYTO”. We operated as a majority owned subsidiary of Joytoto Korea. We had one wholly-owned subsidiary, JEI, and two sub-subsidiaries, Joytoto Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“JTI”) and Joytoto America, Inc., a California corporation (“JAI”), both of which were wholly-owned subsidiaries of JEI. Our operations were organized into two business segments: Consumer Electronics and Video Games. On October 21, 2008, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to change our name to “Pollex, Inc.,” thus resulting in our symbol change to “PLLX”, effective October 24, 2008.

 

On July 25, 2017, we entered into a share exchange agreement with e-Marine and the stockholders of e-Marine (the “e-Marine Stockholders”), pursuant to which the e-Marine Stockholders assigned, transferred and delivered, free and clear of all liens, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of e-Marine, representing 100% of the equity interest in e-Marine to the Company in exchange for 14,975,000 restricted shares of common stock (the “Share Exchange”) of the Company. As a result, e-Marine became our wholly-owned subsidiary, and the e-Marine Stockholders acquired a controlling interest in the Company.

 

At the time of the Share Exchange, we were engaged in the online games business by acquiring gaming licenses in order to make them commercially available abroad. As a result of the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of e-Marine, we have now assumed e-Marine’s business operations as our own. The acquisition of e-Marine is treated as a reverse acquisition, and the business of e-Marine became the business of the Company.

 

e-Marine Co., Ltd. was organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea on January 2, 2001, and is a maritime information and communications technology provider based in South Korea. e-Marine seeks to achieve safety of life at sea through the use of various technologies, such as e-Navigation, Maritime Internet-of-Things and marine big data technology (collectively, “Maritime ICT Convergence”). e-Marine’s main products and services are divided into four categories: (1) Electronic Chart Display & Information System; (2) Smart Ship; (3) Overseas Solutions Distributions; and (4) Aids to Navigation.

 

  4  
 

 

On August 15, 2017, we entered into an agreement and plan of (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which we merged with and into our newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger Sub” and, the transaction, the “Merger”).

 

As permitted by Chapter 92A.180 of Nevada Revised Statutes, the purpose of the Merger was to effect a change of the Company’s name from “Pollex, Inc.” to “eMARINE Global Inc.” Upon the filing of articles of merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada on August 15, 2017 in order to effect the Merger, the Company’s articles of incorporation were deemed amended to reflect the change in the Company’s corporate name. Upon consummation of the Merger, the separate existence of Merger Sub ceased.

 

Our principal execute offices are located at 4th Floor, 15-14, Samsan-ro 308beon-gil, Nam-gu, Ulsan, 44715 South Korea.

 

Overview of Business

 

We are a leading provider of information and communications technology for the maritime industry. We provide solutions for the collection, integration and display of maritime information abroad and ashore by electronic means to enhance berth-to-berth navigation and related services. We believe that these solutions provide the most efficient means to secure the safety of life at sea and to protect the marine environment. We offer all of our products and services through subscription, installation, updates and/or maintenance contracts.

 

Our Products & Solutions

 

We offer onboard and onshore products and solutions to customers operating within the maritime and shipbuilding industries through our two business divisions: (i) our maritime information and communications technology (“Maritime ICT”) division and (ii) our shipbuilding information and communications (“Shipbuilding ICT”) division.

 

We focus our business on four main hardware and software products: (i) Electronic Chart Display & Information System (“ECDIS”); (ii) Smart Ship solutions; (iii) distribution of overseas solutions; and (iv) Aids to Navigation (“AtoN”) systems.

 

Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems

 

We offer e-Navigator, our branded electronic chart display and information system (“ECDIS”), which is a computer-based navigation system that complies with International Maritime Organization (“IMO”) regulations and can be used as an alternative to paper navigation charters. Integrating a variety of real-time information, it is an automated decision aid capable of continuously determining a vessel’s position in related to land, charted objects, navigation aids and unseen hazards, which is key in helping operators monitor and plan routes. An ECDIS includes electronic navigation charts (“ENC”), which we also offer, and integrates position information from the global positioning system (“GPS”) and other navigational sensors, such as radar, fathometer and automatic identification systems. It can also provide additional navigation-related information, such as sailing directions. Only the hardware is regulated by the IMO, while the software is subject to patents. We have obtained ECDIS software and South Korean patents for ECDIS technology.

 

Smart Ship Solutions

 

Our Smart Ship technology is the result of our partnership with Hyundai Heavy Industries (“HHI”) and much of it has been implemented on HHI’s newly-built ships. These systems use the marine Internet of Things (“I.o.T.”) and big data technologies to provide solutions such as the Intra-Ship Integrated Gateway (“ISIG”), an intra-ship network that promotes greater communication amongst a fleet while at sea; the Collision Avoidance and Optimal Voyage Systems, both dedicated to helping mariners determine the best routes and avoid incidents at sea; and the Remote Maintenance and Engine Monitoring Systems, which similarly promote crews’ safety by ensuring that vessels are kept in shipshape condition. Through the further development of our Smart Ship solutions, we believe will make greater in-roads into the autonomous ship and unmanned ship markets.

 

  5  
 

 

Smart Ship solutions are navigation oriented hardware and software that are developed by utilizing maritime I.o.T and big data technology. We develop Smart Ship technology under the partnership with HHI. This partnership has resulted in the development of a number of Smart Ship solutions that we supplied to HHI’s newly-built ships. By applying marine I.o.T. and big data technologies, we believe we will continue to expand the development of Smart Ship solutions, by gradually entering the autonomous ship and unmanned ship market. Some of our current Smart Ship Solutions include the following:

 

Overseas Solutions Distribution

 

We have agreements with a number of maritime products manufacturers. We have an exclusive agreement with Teledyne Technologies International Corp for the distribution of CARIS, maritime GIS software. We distribute digital charts from C-Map, The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office and the Korea Hydrography and Research Association. In 2017, we began providing services related to a maritime-training simulator for the Republic of Korea Navy in cooperation with ECA-Sindel. We also are the exclusive distributor of Hatteland’s maritime-specialized hardware.

 

Aids to Navigation

 

We implement AtoN management systems for public maritime agencies. AtoN systems include sensors that are attached to navigational aids at sea and management software installed at the ground control level for information collection, display and analysis. Our AtoN System consists of the (i) Maritime Weather Signals Total Management System and the (ii) e-A2N device.

 

The Maritime Weather Signals Total Management System is a technology that collects weather information that is then transmitted to all major ports and maritime offices for public and civic use. It collects weather signals in various formats, including AIS, CDMA and TRS, and then simultaneously displays such information as tidal height, wind directivity, wind speed and sea temperature. We have implemented over a dozen maritime information systems in major port cities such as Busan, Incheon and Ulsan. In 2017, we implemented our Total Management System, which compiles all maritime weather information and delivers it through one central center, at the National Maritime Positioning, Navigation, and Timing Office. We believe that once the IMO begins its e-Navigation initiative, the Total AtoN Management System will be a part of the Total Maritime Traffic System.

 

Our e-A2N device detects technical malfunctions and sends real-time data such as battery status and weather conditions to ground control, bringing attention to ship components in need of maintenance. We believe that our e-A2N device results in cost reduction and unnecessary manpower while also benefiting users, such as crew members, passengers, pilots and seaferers, by providing access to weather information via port dashboards and smart applications. To date, we have installed e-A2N devices in over 4,000 navigational aids throughout Korea.

 

Key Factors of Our Business Model

 

We cover every aspect of the ENC technology within our e-Navigator from manufacturing, modification, personalization, distribution and maintenance. We offer our customers our e-Navigator ECDIS and ENC separately or as a package, which we believe provides us with a cost competitive edge, as well as seamless integration and on-going maintenance.

 

We have developed our e-Navigator and our ECN products in an effort to offer our customers what we believe to be the best product possible in the market. Currently, we hold approximately 90% of the market of private ships through our government contracts with the Republic of Korea (“R.O.K”) Navy and Coast Guard, and we hold approximately 60% of the public sector market share. The rest of the market is held by other domestic and foreign competitors, including Japan Radio Co., Ltd., Furuno Electric Co., Ltd. and Martin Electric Co., Ltd. We have been the market leader of ECDIS in Korea, consistently supplying and operating maintenance service for the Republic of Korea Navy, the Coast Guard and other public and commercial ships. We continuously provide ECDIS maintenance services to an average of 200 navy vessels annually, with contracts renewed every one to two years

 

In September 2017, we won a contract from the R.O.K. Navy to provide maintenance services to navy ships through fiscal year 2018. This marks the 8 th consecutive year in which we have won such contracts.

 

  6  
 

 

We are a Smart Ship solutions development partner of Hyundai Heavy Industries. We supply ISIG, Optimal Navigation System and Engine Status Monitoring System to Hyundai Heavy Industries and anticipate supplying subsequent Smart Ship products to Hyundai Heavy Industries and other shipbuilders in South Korea such as Hanjin Heavy Industries and Samsung Heavy Industries.

 

Industry Overview and Market Opportunity

 

Global Maritime Industry and Market

 

The global maritime industry and related markets suffered as a result of a decrease in demand for global shipping and a decrease in investment which in turn has resulted in a reduction of the number of newly-built ships. This regression lasted until early 2017, which was the lowest point of the industry’s economic cycle. As a result, the Company’s largest customer, Hyundai Heavy Industries, decreased its shipbuilding production and therefore resulted in a decrease of the Company’s Ship Solutions output for Hyundai’s new ships. Further as a result of this regression in the industry, many market participants concentrated on maintaining old ships with existing navigation solutions, causing a decrease in new navigation solutions during that time period. The global maritime economy has gained steam while international oil price is in a steady state. Shipbuilder’s order intakes are likely to see upturn consistently. According to industry experts, global shipbuilding market condition is expected to show expediential curve by representing significant improvements after getting better slowly over the next two-three years. From the analysis of Korea Institute for Industrial Economics & Trade, the shipping market condition is to show a rebound after hitting rock bottom last 2017. The shipbuilding industry’s situation will improve slowly until 2020, before showing a significant upturn since then.

 

Korean Shipbuilding Industry

 

In 2017, many Korean shipbuilders surpassed their annual projections, indicating a recovery from the severe order drought of 2016. According to Clarkson Research, in 2017 new-buildings of a combined 6.45m cgt were reported to have been contracted at Korean yards, representing an increase of 199% compared to the prior year. This growth rate is higher than that of China and Japan. Korean shipbuilders have led global tanker newbuilding market. According to industry statistics and ASIASIS’s survey, HHI obtained orders for 150 units of merchant vessels worth around $10 billion in 2017. Korean ‘Big 3’ shipbuilders, HHI, Daewoo and Samsung, have set their 2018 order goals higher than 2017’s, indicating positive growth in the order sales market going forward. As the Korean shipbuilding industry recovers and expands its technological innovation aimed at autonomous/unmanned ships in 2018, we anticipate an increased demand for our navigation and Smart Ship solutions from Korean shipbuilders. We also expect to continue supplying HHI ISIG and our Collision Avoidance Systems and Optimal Voyage Systems.

 

Market Opportunity

 

Beginning in July of 2018, the IMO will mandate every ship to be equipped with ECDIS. The IMO will initiate its Strategic Implementation Plan for e-Navigation in 2019. The plan will require that all navigation equipment be globally standardized, digitalized and inter-connected. The IMO’s goal is to increase safety of navigation in commercial shipping through better organization of data on ships by 2019. We believe that the IMO’s plan will consequently increase demand for smart ships. Out of 6,500 new ships already planned HHI over the next five years, approximately 700 ships will be equipped with the Total Smart Ship Solution Package. HHI’s Total Smart Ship Package consists of various Smart Ship Solutions that we develop, such as our Navigation Information Management System, our Engine Information System, and our Energy Management System.

 

Manufacturing

 

We manufacture our products and solutions at our Research and Development Center in Ulsan. We develop our own software, as well as incorporate our software into customized hardware. These hardware products are assembled either in our factory or at a location requested by our customers. Our manufacturing processes are in accordance with IDO 9001:2008, which is discussed below under the heading “Government Approvals.” These manufactured products are also compliant with international standards for function and performance, such as those set forth by the International Electrotechnical Commission.

 

  7  
 

 

Competition

 

ECIDIS & Navigation Systems

 

We lead the military and security market in South Korea. Our major competitors are Japan Radio Co., Ltd. and Furuno Electric Co., Ltd., who each hold 30% of South Korean commercial market share respectively. The majority of the commercial market is made up of European and Japanese navigation and communication products. With its ECDIS technology, we plan to develop a new solution: eMarine Integrated Communication System (“e-ICS”). We have allocated $1,060,000 for the system’s development and plan to introduce it during the second quarter of 2018. However, there can be no assurance that our new solution will be ready at such time. In developing e-ICS, its protocols and interface specifications will be provided by Hyundai in cooperation with communication equipment’s suppliers. While we currently operate primarily within the military and Korean markets, we plan to expand into Southeast Asia later in 2018 and further to the Middle East, East Asia and North America by 2019. The overseas reach will begin in 2018 with $1.5 million budget set for exhibitions, sales network and training, then increasing the budget to $3million.

 

Smart Ship Solutions

 

We provide ISIG, which undergirds our Smart Ship Solutions. We have provided 269 ISIGs to HHI since 2012. Beginning in 2018, HHI will implement Smart Ship Solutions to most of their new ships. We derive approximately 15-20% of our revenue from our partnership with HHI.

 

The Unmanned/Autonomous Ship market is led by Rolls-Royce, Konsberg and Wartsila. By further developing systems such as ENC, ISIG, Collision Avoidance System and Track Control System, all of which we believe to be essential components of unmanned ships, we believe we will be well-positioned to enter the Unmanned/Autonomous Ship market by 2020.

 

Further, NAPA and ENRIAM, two Finnish companies, are leaders in providing fuel-saving solutions to the market; however, they mainly operate in the European passenger ship sector.

 

Aids to Navigation

 

South Korea leads in the application of I.o.T technology to AtoN systems. To date, we have implemented 13 maritime weather management modules in South Korea, which we believe to be the most among competitors. We also believe that we will maintain our position as a market leader by applying Big Data and Augmented Reality & Artificial Intelligence (“AR/AI”) technology to both our planned and future AtoN projects, such as our Integrated Maritime Weather Signal Control & Monitoring System project (2016 – 2017). We plan to implement a comprehensive management and operation system that connects all regional AtoN management systems for the Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries, which will establish a protocol for standardization of all maritime traffic and weather data. We believe that our role as the architect of this system will allow us to continue to play a major role in similar projects that utilize the system in the future.

 

Distribution

 

We have been South Korea’s sole distributor of CARIS, a maritime GIS solution, for nearly 17 years. Globally, CARIs has the highest market share in the maritime GIS field. Norway’s Hatteland Monitor holds the largest market share in its field while competing with MOXA and L3’s low-cost products, while we provide Hatteland products directly to Hyundai, Samsung and Doosan ships in South Korea

 

Customers

 

Our customers operate within the maritime and shipbuilding industries. Our main customers operate within the maritime security organizations such as R.O.K. Navy, the Korean Coast Guard, and the Korean Ministry of Fisheries, as well as shipbuilding companies such as HHI and Hanjin Heavy Industries.

 

  8  
 

 

We have been the market leader of ECDIS in Korea, consistently supplying and operating maintenance service for the Republic of Korea Navy, the Coast Guard and other public and commercial ships. We continuously provide ECDIS maintenance services to an average of 200 navy vessels annually, with contracts renewed every one to two years . We derive approximately 95% of our ECDIS sales revenue from our South Korean government contracts with Navy, Coast Guard and Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries. Through government contracts won by official bidding, we implement Aids to Navigation software, sensors and servers. The official bids are evaluated primarily on two factors: (i) the sophistication of the technology and (ii) the bid price. Winning bids typically result in contracts ranging from one to two years.

 

In addition, we develop our Smart Ship solutions through our partnership with Hyundai Heavy Industries and through our research and development contracts with the South Korean government, which we obtain through government-administrated bidding-process. Further, through our partnership with Hyundai Heavy Industries, we install our Smart Ship solutions into Hyundai’s newly-built ships, which are then sold to customers. We also supply overseas navigation-related solutions such as maritime PC hardware, Hatteland, and maritime GIS software, CARIS, to maritime agencies and shipbuilders.

 

Intellectual Property and Patent Rights

 

There is no specific patent policy in South Korea. Instead, intellectual property rights to original software are protected by Computer Program Protection Law of Korea. In addition, a company can report the copyright to its software under the Program Registration Policy, which is administered by Korea Copyright Commission. Among our three original software programs, Map Digitizer and ENC Text View are registered under the Computer Program Registration Policy. We have yet to register our Presentation Software.

 

Below is a list of our software and hardware in which we hold either patents or copyrights:

 

  1. Patents

 

  - Voice Controlled Ship Design and its steering control system (2007)
     
  - Automatic Identification System for Small Ships based on TRS (Trunked Radio System) (2011)
     
  - Operation System design and structured procedure of operation for remote light houses and remote buoys (2012)
     
  - Dynamic Electronic Chart Display and Information System using object-oriented relational data base management system and its distribution method (2015)
     
  - Voyage Optimization System Module Design (2015)
     
  - Voyage Optimization System Integration (2015)

 

2. Software

 

  - Presentation Software for ship’s multi-purpose RADAR display
     
  - Map Digitizer : Automated Digitizing Software for Electronic Navigational Chart
     
  - ENC Text Viewer : Text viewer on Electronic Navigation Chart

 

Government Approvals

 

Depending on the locality of projects and sales, we may require government approval or meet certain requirements in order to provide our solutions. In most instances, government granted approvals are granted on the basis of a company’s compliance with domestic government and international regulations. Approvals and certificates require renewal primarily on an annual or bi-annual basis. In some cases, the renewal period could be longer than two years. For past projects, we have obtained following certificates and approvals:

 

  9  
 

 

  1. ISO 9001:2008

 

The International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) 9001:2008 specifies requirements for a quality management system where an organization needs to demonstrate its ability to consistently provide product that meets customer and applicable statuary and regulatory requirements. All requirements of ISO 9001:2008 are generic and are intended to apply to all organizations, regardless of the type, size and product indicated.

 

  2. DNV-GL Certificate

 

Located in Norway , Det Norske Veritas, Germanischer Lloyd (“DNV-GL”) is the world’s largest classification society, providing services for 13,175 vessels and mobile offshore units, or MOUs, amounting to 265.4 mill gt, which represents a global market share of 21%. It is also the largest technical consultancy and supervisory to the global renewable energy (particularly wind, wave, tidal and solar) and oil & gas industry - 65% of the world’s offshore pipelines are designed and installed to DNV-GL’s technical standards.

 

  3. KR Certificate

 

In South Korea, companies that provide electronic devices to government organizations and agencies must obtain a Korean Register (“KR”) certificate for their products. Such certificates indicate that a product has been properly registered, categorized and tested according to Korean standards for electronic devices.

 

  4. Direct Manufacture Confirmation Approval

 

This approval confirms that we directly produce our main solution, ECDIS. Companies are required to obtain this approval to provide evidence that the products they offer are domestically produced in South Korea. This is especially important to obtain, as many government-funded projects require domestic products and solutions.

 

  5. Information Communication Technology (“ICT”) Certificate

 

The ICT Certificate allows us to execute and/or participate in information communication technology-related projects in South Korea. The certificate is granted to companies that exhibit both appropriate internal structure and professional experiences for digital information technology.

 

  6. Korean Register Hellas (“KRH”) Certificate

 

We hold a KRH Certificate, which is a products certification that is issued on the basis of a company’s reputation and knowledge of the Korean register’s certification. A KRH Certificate guarantees access for a company and its products to European markets. KRH complies strictly with international conformity assessment procedures to ensure that the certification is accepted worldwide.

 

Government Regulations

 

We are required to obtain certain certifications for our ECDIS and Smart Ship solutions from governmental authorities prior to the sale and implementation of our products.

 

Companies that offer ECDIS are required to obtain certification from accredited registrars and classification societies. These registrars, such as the DNV-GL of Norway, the Korean Hellas (“KRH”) and the Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency of Germany, or BSH, conduct third-party inspection, verification and testing of materials to ensure the safe operation and quality of ships and other offshore installations of products. The South Korean government mandates company’s offering ECDIS to obtain KR approval. We have approval from both KR and the DNV-GL.

 

Our Smart Ship Solutions are not yet subject to any specific regulations and/or approvals. The IMO in collaboration with the International Electrotechnical Commission and the International Hydrographic Organization have formed a working group for the implementation of international standards applicable to the operation and performance of solutions such as Smart Ship.

 

  10  
 

 

Research and Development

 

We operate the Maritime Shipbuilding & ICT Research and Development Center at our principal executive offices in Ulsan, South Korea. Our main focus in research and development has been the development of our Smart Ship solutions. In 2015 and 2016, we developed a number of products and solutions, including the S-100-based ECDIS, Maritime Augmented Reality, the Collision Avoidance System, the Ship Motion Monitoring System, the Voyage Optimization System, the AI-based Remote Maintenance System and Ship’s Data Platform. Our research and development costs include researchers’ salary, the center’s operating fees, R&D materials etc.

 

  1. Research & Development Center Security

 

All entries and exits of the R&D center is equipped with solutions of S-1 Corporation’s SECOM. The solutions verify identities of all verified R&D members and record the outside personnel’s entrances and exits. Finger-print verification is used for entrance. Research & Development processes, results and intellectual assets are saved and managed in a separately installed NAS, Network-Attached Server. The network within the R&D center is internal, blocked from external approaches. All R&D members use ID/Password access to the main system.

 

  2. The Company’s Capital for Research & Development (in USD)

 

Year   R&D Capital  
2014   $ 1,050,000  
2015   $ 430,000  
2016   $ 575,000  
2017   $ 387,903  

 

Seasonality

 

Our operations in the private and public market are seasonal. Government organizations, which are our main customers, historically make purchases directly from the public market beginning in the second quarter. For these orders, we complete most of our deliveries during the second half of the year. As a result, profits tend to be highest in the fourth quarter. On the other hand, commercial operators make purchases throughout the year.

 

  11  
 

 

Employees

 

As of April 17, 2018, we employed 38 full-time employees as follows: (i) 3 management employees; (ii) 5 human resources and accounting employees; (iii) 6 sales employees; (iv) 6 service employees; and (v) 18 research and development employees. We also employ part-time employees as well as temporary or contract personnel, when necessary, to provide short-term and/or specialized support for production and other functional projects.

 

We believe our future success will depend upon the continued service of our key management personnel and upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical and managerial personnel. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

Our Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 4 th Floor, 15-14, Samsan-ro 308beon-gil, Nam-gu, Ulsan 44715, South Korea. Our sales office is located at 14 th Floor, 201, Songpa-daero, Songpa-gu, Seoul, 05854, Republic of Korea. Our telephone number is +82-70-7204-9352. Our website address is http://emarine-global.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this Form 10-K. Annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website at http://www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Some of the following risks relate principally to us, the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for dividends, if any, or the trading price of our common shares.

 

Industry Specific Risk Factors

 

Risks associated with operating ocean-going vessels in the future could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our revenues and stock price.

 

The operation of ocean-going vessels carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

 

  marine disaster;
     
    environmental accidents;
     
  cargo and property losses or damage;
     
  business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions; and
     
    piracy.

 

These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, environmental damage, damage to our customer relationships, delay or rerouting.

 

World events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Terrorist attacks and the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world may cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our ability to revive manufacturing operations, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East, including Egypt, and North Africa, and the presence of U.S. or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, such as the attack on the MT Limburg, a vessel unaffiliated with us, in October 2002, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

 

  12  
 

 

In the highly competitive international shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for contracts with new entrants or established companies with greater resources which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial conditions, liquidity and results of operations.

 

The naval navigation and communication systems market is highly competitive. Some competitors have substantially greater resources than we have. Competition for the contracts is intense and depends on price, location and reputation. Our competitors with greater resources and access to capital than we have may be able to offer lower rates and higher quality products than we may be able to offer. If this were to occur, we may be unable to attract new or former customers on attractive terms or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

Our competitors may develop products that are less expensive, are safer or more effective, and thus may diminish or eliminate the commercial success of any potential products that we may commercialize.

 

If our competitors’ market products that are less expensive, safer or more effective than our future products developed from our product candidates, or that reach the market before our product candidates, we may not achieve commercial success. The market may choose to continue utilizing the existing products for any number of reasons, including familiarity with or pricing of these existing products. The failure of any of our product candidates to compete with products marketed by our competitors would impair our ability to generate revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our future business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We expect to compete with several companies and our competitors may:

  

  develop and market products that are less expensive or more effective than our future products;
     
  commercialize competing products before we or our partners can launch any products developed from our product candidates;
     
  operate larger research and development programs or have substantially greater financial resources than we do;
     
  initiate or withstand substantial price competition more successfully than we can;
     
  have greater success in recruiting skilled technical and scientific workers from the limited pool of available talent;
     
  more effectively negotiate third-party licenses and strategic relationships; and
     
  take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities more readily than we can.

 

Our products are subject to government regulations and customer requirements regarding safety matters that may require significant expenditures by us to ensure compliance.

                Our products (and certain uses of our products) may be subject to governmental regulations for compliance with applicable safety standards. Any failure to comply with such standards could subject us to both governmental fines as well as possible claims by consumers.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in Korea

 

The movement of the Korean Won against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may have a material adverse effect on us.

 

The Korean Won has fluctuated significantly against major currencies in recent years, especially as a result of the recent global financial crisis and the relatively speedy recovery of Korean economy therefrom. The appreciation of the Won against U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies typically results in a material increase in the cost of fuel and equipment purchased from overseas and the cost of servicing our foreign currency-denominated debt as the prices for substantially all of the fuel materials and a significant portion of the equipment we purchase are stated in currencies other than the Won, generally in U.S. dollars. As a result, any significant depreciation of Won against the U.S. dollar or other major foreign currencies will have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

 

Because we generate all of our revenues in Korean Won but incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenues in Korean Won but certain of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the Korean Won. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the Korean Won relative to these other currencies, in particular the Euro. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the Korean Won falls in value could increase, decreasing our net income and cash flow from operations.

 

  13  
 

 

Most of the registrant’s operations are carried out in the Republic of Korea.  As a result, our operations are subject to various political, economic, and other risks and uncertainties.

 

Our main operations are in the Republic of Korea.  Our operations are subject to various political, economic, and other risks and uncertainties inherent to the country.  Among other risks, the registrant’s operations are subject to the risks of political conditions and governmental regulations.  If there are any changes to government regulations that affect our ability to operate, we may face significant losses

 

Escalations in tensions with North Korea could have an adverse effect on us.

 

Relations between Korea and North Korea have been tense throughout Korea’s modern history. The level of tension between the two Koreas has fluctuated and may increase abruptly as a result of current and future events. In recent years, there have been heightened security concerns stemming from North Korea’s nuclear weapon and long- range missile programs and increased uncertainty regarding North Korea’s actions and possible responses from the international community. In December 2002, North Korea removed the seals and surveillance equipment from its Yongbyon nuclear power plant and evicted inspectors from the United Nations International Atomic Energy Agency. In January 2003, North Korea renounced its obligations under the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. Since the renouncement, Korea, the United States, North Korea, China, Japan and Russia have held numerous rounds of six party multi-lateral talks in an effort to resolve issues relating to North Korea’s nuclear weapons program.

 

There can be no assurance that the level of tension on the Korean peninsula will not escalate in the future. Any further increase in tensions, which may occur, for example, if North Korea experiences a leadership crisis, high-level contacts break down or military hostilities occur, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and the market value of our common stock.

 

It may not be possible for investors to enforce U.S. judgments against us.

 

Our operations are primarily conducted outside of the United States . In addition, all of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to serve process within the United States upon us, our subsidiaries or our directors and officers or to enforce a judgment against us for civil liabilities in U.S. courts. In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we or our subsidiaries are incorporated or where our or the assets of our subsidiaries are located (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our subsidiaries based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our subsidiaries based on those laws.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

We have received a going concern opinion from our auditors.

 

We have received a “going concern” opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm, reflecting substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements contemplate that we will continue as a going concern and do not contain any adjustments that might result if we were unable to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional capital and implement our business plan. If we are unable to achieve or sustain profitability or to secure additional financing on acceptable terms, we may not be able to meet our obligations as they come due, raising substantial doubts as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Any such inability to continue as a going concern may result in our stockholders losing their entire investment. There is no guarantee that we will become profitable or secure additional financing on acceptable terms

 

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business.

 

We may operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

 

We may conduct business in China, where the legal system has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.

 

Any contracts that we may enter into in the future may be subject to new regulations in China that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we pay to the Chinese government new taxes or other fees. Changes in laws and regulations, including with regards to tax matters, and their implementation by local authorities could affect vessels chartered to Chinese customers as well as vessels calling to Chinese ports and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  14  
 

 

We may not be able to raise equity and debt financing sufficient to meet our capital and operating needs and to comply with the covenants that we expect will be contained in our debt agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We cannot assure you that the net proceeds from any future equity offering or debt financing would be sufficient to satisfy our capital and operating needs and enable us to comply with various debt covenants that we expect will be contained in future debt agreements. In such case, we may not be able to raise additional equity capital or obtain additional debt financing or refinance our existing indebtedness, if necessary. If we are not able to comply with the covenants that we expect will be contained in future debt agreements and our lenders choose to accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose their liens, we could be required to sell any vessels we may own and our ability to continue to conduct our business would be impaired.

 

Most of our ECDIS sales revenues come from South Korean government contracts.

 

ECDIS sales are a major part of our business. South Korean government contracts make up approximately 95% of our ECDIS sales. Should we fail in the future to obtain South Korean government contracts or are unable to win government contracts at the rate we are currently, our revenues may decrease significantly.

 

A material failure, inadequacy, interruption or security failure of our technology networks and related systems could harm our business.

 

Our information technology networks and related systems are essential to our ability to conduct our day to day operations. As a result, we face risks associated with security breaches, whether through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusions over the internet, malware, computer viruses, attachments to emails, persons who access our systems from inside or outside our organization and other significant disruptions of our information technology networks and related systems. A security breach or other significant disruption involving our information technology networks and related systems or those of our vendors could: disrupt our operations; result in the unauthorized access to, and the destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of, proprietary, personally identifiable, confidential, sensitive or otherwise valuable information including tenant information and lease data, which others could use to compete against us or which could expose us to damage claims by third parties for disruptive, destructive or otherwise harmful outcomes; require significant management attention and resources to remedy any damages that result; subject us to claims for breach of contract, damages, credits, penalties or termination of leases or other agreements; or damage our business relationships or reputation generally. Any or all of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our stock.

 

The risk of counterparties failing to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

We may enter into in the future, among other things, credit facilities with banks and interest rate swap agreements. Such agreements also would subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of the counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of our industry sector, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, and various expenses. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We or our Managers may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively impact the effectiveness of our management and results of operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team, including our ability to retain key members of our management team and to hire new members as may be necessary. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining replacement personnel could adversely affect our business, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. We do not intend to maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers or other members of our management team.

 

Our success is dependent upon our ability to adequately and appropriately serve our customers.

 

Our operations are heavily dependent upon the delivery of superior customer service across a broad customer base, by which negative feedback from agents, insureds or internal staff could result in a loss of revenue for the Company.

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

As a foreign corporation to the United States, our operating income generally is taxable in the United States if it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In order to be effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, operating income must be from sources within the United States. The income we derive from the sale of our products and solutions is not derived from sources within the United States. Our products and solutions are provided to companies operating outside the United States and consist of services performed outside the United States. Accordingly, we do not believe that we would be taxable in the United States on our general operating income. However there can be no assurance that we will not have to pay tax on U.S. source income and, if we do, our earnings would be reduced.

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

 

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce, or are held for the production of, those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

 

  15  
 

 

Based on our prior method of operations, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year as a result of any income that we may earn. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our service activities as services income. Accordingly, we believe that income from our service activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” However, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature of our operations.

 

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those U.S. shareholders make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such U.S. shareholders), such U.S. shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing U.S. federal income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon “excess distributions” and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if such “excess distribution” or gain had been recognized ratably over the U.S. shareholder’s holding period of our common shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Material U.S., Marshall Islands Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing or refinance our existing indebtedness on acceptable terms which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions continue to be volatile. This volatility has negatively affected the general willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. The current state of global financial markets might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, or that we will be able to refinance our existing indebtedness, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to revive our shipping operations, complete potential vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

The instability of the euro or the inability of countries to refinance their debts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

 

As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility (the “EFSF”), and the European Financial Stability Mechanism (the “EFSM”), to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, which was established on September 27, 2012 to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse developments in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for our products and services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

  16  
 

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

There is not an active liquid trading market for the Company’s common stock.

 

The Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “EMRN”. However, there has been minimal reported trading to date in the Company’s common stock, and we cannot give an assurance that an active trading market will develop. As a result, investors may find it difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations of the price of, our securities. This severely limits the liquidity of the common stock and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. A limited market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of capital stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using common stock as consideration.

 

If an active market for the Company’s common stock develops, there is a significant risk that the Company’s stock price may fluctuate dramatically in the future in response to any of the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

 

● variations in our quarterly operating results;

● announcements that our revenue or income are below analysts’ expectations;

● general economic slowdowns;

● sales of large blocks of the Company’s common stock; and

● announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments.

 

Our common stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, which may make it more difficult for stockholders to sell our common stock.

 

The SEC has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, and the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

 

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person and make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

 

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination, and that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

 

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of the Company’s common stock if and when such shares are eligible for sale and may cause a decline in the market value of its stock.

 

Because we became a public by means of a reverse acquisition, we may not be able to attract the attention of brokerage firms.

 

Because we became public through a “reverse acquisition”, securities analysts of brokerage firms may not provide coverage of us since there is little incentive to brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will want to conduct any secondary offerings on behalf of the Company in the future.

 

  17  
 

 

Applicable regulatory requirements, including those contained in and issued under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, may make it difficult for the Company to retain or attract qualified officers and directors, which could adversely affect the management of its business and its ability to obtain or retain listing of its common stock.

 

We may be unable to attract and retain those qualified officers, directors and members of board committees required to provide for effective management because of the rules and regulations that govern publicly held companies, including, but not limited to, certifications by principal executive officers. The enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act has resulted in the issuance of a series of related rules and regulations and the strengthening of existing rules and regulations by the SEC, as well as the adoption of new and more stringent rules by the stock exchanges. The perceived increased personal risk associated with these changes may deter qualified individuals from accepting roles as directors and executive officers.

 

Further, some of these changes heighten the requirements for board or committee membership, particularly with respect to an individual’s independence from the corporation and level of experience in finance and accounting matters. We may have difficulty attracting and retaining directors with the requisite qualifications. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified officers and directors, the management of its business and its ability to obtain or retain listing of our shares of common stock on any stock exchange (assuming we elect to seek and are successful in obtaining such listing) could be adversely affected.

 

Public company compliance may make it more difficult to attract and retain officers and directors.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies.  As a public company, we expect these new rules and regulations to increase our compliance costs in 2017 and beyond and to make certain activities more time consuming and costly.  As a public company, we also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance in the future and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. 

 

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We have paid no dividends on our common stock to date and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. While our future dividend policy will be based on the operating results and capital needs of the business, we currently anticipate that we will retain any earnings to finance our future expansion and for the implementation of our business plan. A lack of a dividend can further affect the market value of our stock and could significantly affect the value of any investment in our Company.

 

Our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

 

We have a significant number of warrants to purchase our common stock outstanding, the exercise of which would be dilutive to stockholders. In certain instances, the exercise prices are subject to adjustment if we issue or sell shares of our common stock or equity-based instruments at a price per share less than the exercise price then in effect. In such case, both the issuance and the adjustment would be dilutive to stockholders.

 

We may from time to time finance our future operations or acquisitions through the issuance of equity securities, which securities may also have rights and preferences senior to the rights and preferences of our common stock. We may also grant options to purchase shares of our common stock to our directors, employees and consultants, the exercise of which would also result in dilution to our stockholders.

 

As an issuer of “penny stock”, the protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward looking statements does not apply to us.

 

Although federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to issuers of penny stocks. As a result, we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any legal action based upon a claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading. Such an action could hurt our financial condition.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

 

Not applicable.

 

  18  
 

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

 

Our executive offices are located at 4 th Floor, 15-14, Samsan-ro 308beon-gil, Nam-gu, Ulsan 44715, South Korea, where we lease approximately 2,704 square feet of space. We operate our Maritime Shipbuilding & ICT Research and Development Center at our headquarters, where a majority of our employees work, including our finance, administrative, engineering, and information technology staff. Our security deposit is KRW 20,000,000 (approximately $19,000 USD) and our monthly rental payments for this location are KRW2,700,000 (approximately $2,500 USD). The lease expires on January 20, 2019.

 

We also lease approximately 1,636 square feet of office space in Seoul, located at 14 th Floor, 201, Songpa-daero, Songpa-gu, Seoul, 05854, Republic of Korea, where our sales employees are located. Our security deposit is KRW 30,000,000 (approximately $29,00 USD) and our monthly rental payments for this location are KRW 3,200,000 (approximately $2,950 USD). The lease expires on September 30, 2018.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

From time to time we may be involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. In the ordinary course of business, we may be a party to inquiries, legal proceedings and claims including, from time to time, disagreements with vendors and customers.

 

As of December 31, 2017, there were no legal proceedings, government actions, administrative actions, investigations or claims pending against the Company or involving the Company that, in the opinion of management, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business and financial condition.

 

On January 18, 2018, the Company commenced a lawsuit in the district court in the Republic of Korea against a customer, Shinwoo E&D., Ltd. (“Shinwoo”), to recover an unpaid balance of ₩ 84,095,000 which was due during fiscal year 2017. The district court ruled in favor of the Company. On February 1, 2018, Shinwoo filed an appeal against the district court’s decision. The Company believes it is probable that it will prevail and that it will not suffer an adverse outcome related to the case. As of December 31, 2017, the Company did not reserve any loss accrual related to this matter.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

 

Not applicable.

 

  19  
 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted on OTC Pink Marketplace under the symbol “EMRN” and prior to that under the symbol “PLLX”. The following table sets forth the high and low bid quotations for our common stock for the periods indicated. The information reflects prices between dealers, and does not include retail markup, markdown, or commission, and may not represent actual transactions.

 

Fiscal Year Ended         Bid Prices  
December 31,     Period   High     Low  
  2016     First Quarter   $ 24.02     $ 7.51  
        Second Quarter   $ 17.52     $ 6.01  
        Third Quarter   $ 10.48     $ 6.01  
        Fourth Quarter   $ 45.92     $ 9.81  
                         
  2017     First Quarter   $ 149.85     $ 9.01  
        Second Quarter   $ 44.44     $ 11.26  
        Third Quarter   $ 175.00     $ 6.01  
        Fourth Quarter   $ 30.00     $ 6.49  

 

Our transfer agent is Corporate Stock Transfer.

 

Holders

 

As of April 17, 2018, the number of holders of record of shares of our common stock is 95. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares were held in nominee or “street” name.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any determination related to payments of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors that our board of directors deems relevant, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and debt restrictions, if any.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Share Exchange Agreement

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement (the “ Exchange Agreement ”) with e-Marine Co., Ltd., a corporation formed under the laws of South Korea (“ e-Marine ”), and the shareholders of e-Marine (the “ e-Marine Shareholders ”), pursuant to which the e-Marine Shareholders assigned, transferred and delivered, free and clear of all liens, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of e-Marine, representing 100% of the equity interest in e-Marine (the “ e-Marine Shares ”) to the Company in exchange for 14,975,000 restricted shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Exchange Shares ”). The transaction closed on July 25, 2017 (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

As a result, e-Marine became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and the e-Marine shareholders acquired a controlling interest in the Company (the “ Share Exchange ”). For accounting purposes, the Share Exchange was treated as an acquisition of Pollex and a recapitalization of e-Marine. E-Marine is the accounting acquirer, and the results of its operations carryover. Accordingly, the operations of Pollex are not carried over and have been adjusted to $0.

 

  20  
 

 

In connection with the Exchange Agreement, the e-Marine Shareholders entered into a 6-month “lock-up” agreement in substantially the form included in the Exchange Agreement and subject to customary exceptions.

 

In issuing the Exchange Shares to the e-Marine Shareholders, the Company relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as, among other things, the transaction did not involve a public offering and the securities were acquired for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

July Private Placement Offering

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) with selected accredited investors (each, an “ Investor ” and, collectively, the “ Investors ”). Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, the Company offered in a private placement (the “ Offering ”) $2,250,000 of units (each, a “ Unit ” and, collectively, the “ Units ”). Each Unit has a purchase price of $0.50 and consisted of (i) one (1) share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”); and (ii) warrants to purchase two and one-half (2.5) shares of the Company’s common stock (each, a “ Warrant ” and, collectively, the “ Warrants ”). The Warrants are exercisable for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance at an exercise price of $0.60 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement evidencing the Warrants. The Shares underlying the Warrants may hereinafter be referred to as the “ Warrant Shares ”.

 

At the closing on July 25, 2017, the Company received subscriptions for the full Offering of $2,250,000, with gross proceeds of $1,765,000 being received by the Company as of such date. The Company issued a total of 3,530,000 Shares and 8,825,000 Warrants to purchase up to 8,825,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Following initial closing, the Company anticipated receiving proceeds for the remaining $485,000 of Units subscribed for in two tranches, on or before November 30, 2017. Prior to November 30, 2017, the Company received from the relevant Investor total gross proceeds of $165,000 and issued a total of 330,000 Shares and 825,000 Warrants to purchase up to 825,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On November 30, 2017, the funds for the remaining Units were not received. On December 7, 2017, the Company notified the relevant Investor of its rejection of the remaining subscriptions and closed the Offering.

 

Consulting Agreement

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with Peach Management LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (“Consultant”), for a term of twenty four months, effective as of July 25, 2017 (the “Term”). Pursuant to the terms of the Consulting Agreement, Consultant will assist the Company with introductions to investor relation firms located within and outside the United States to develop and implement capital markets messaging reflected in press releases, shareholder letters, PowerPoint presentations, social media and traditional media (the “Services”) during the Term. In consideration of the Services to be rendered by Consultant, the Company shall issue to Consultant warrants to purchase up to 1,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Consultant Warrants”). The Consultant Warrants shall have a term of three (3) years and have an exercise price equal to $0.08 per share.

 

March Private Placement Offering

 

On March 23, 2018, we entered into a subscription agreement with selected accredited investors. Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, the Company sold in a private placement an aggregate of 866,675 units at a purchase price of $0.60 per Unit. Each Unit consists of (i) one (1) share of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) warrants to purchase two and one-half (2.5) shares of our common stock. The warrants are exercisable for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance at an exercise price of $0.70 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement evidencing the warrants.

 

At closing, we issued an aggregate of 866,675 shares and 2,166,688 warrants for total gross proceeds of $520,005.

 

  21  
 

 

Other Issuances

 

In connection with the Exchange Agreement and Subscription Agreement, the Company issued to certain consultants an aggregate of 2,225,567 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

In connection with the foregoing issuances, the Company relied upon the exemption from securities registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act for transactions not involving a public offering.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

 

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide disclosure pursuant to this item.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

 

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” set forth in the beginning of this Form 10-K, and see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 for a discussion of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may occur in future periods.

 

Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report and in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Important factors currently known to management could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in the future operating results over time. We believe that our assumptions are based upon reasonable data derived from and known about our business and operations. No assurances are made that actual results of operations or the results of our future activities will not differ materially from our assumptions. Factors that could cause differences include, but are not limited to, expected market demand for our products, fluctuations in pricing for our products, and competition.

 

References to the “Company,” “eMarine,” “EMRN,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Marine Global Inc., a Nevada corporation (formerly Pollex, Inc.), and our wholly-owned subsidiary, e-Marine Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (“e-Marine”).

 

Our financial statements are expressed in Korean Won, the functional currency of our operating subsidiary. Our results of operations are translated at average exchange rates during the relevant financial periods, assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate at the end of these periods and equity is translated at historical exchange rates.

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated on November 2, 2001, in the State of Nevada, under the name “Web Views Corporation.” On October 20, 2008, we changed our name to “Pollex, Inc.” Formerly a subsidiary of Joytoto Co., Ltd, we operated as an online gaming business by acquiring new game licenses and making such games commercially available in South Korea and the United States.

 

On July 25, 2017, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with e-Marine Co., Ltd. and the e-Marine Shareholders, pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity of e-Marine in exchange for 14,975,000 restricted shares of our Common Stock (the “ Share Exchange ”). As a result of the Share Exchange, e-Marine became our wholly-owned subsidiary. On August 15, 2017, we changed our name from “Pollex, Inc.” to “eMarine Global Inc.” As a result of the Share Exchange, we have discontinued our online gaming business and have now assumed e-Marine’s business operations.

 

We, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, e-Marine, are an information and communications technology solutions provider for the global maritime industry. We provide solutions for the collection, integration and display of maritime information abroad and ashore by electronic means to enhance berth to berth navigation and other related services. These solutions provide the most efficient means to secure the safety of life at sea and to protect the marine environment. All products and services are offered through subscription, installation, updates and/or maintenance contracts. We focus our business on four main hardware and software products: (i) Electronic Chart Display & Information System (“ECDIS”); (ii) Smart Ship solutions; (iii) distribution of overseas solutions; and (iv) Aids to Navigation (“AtoN”) systems.

 

  22  
 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR EMARINE GLOBAL INC.

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

Revenues, Expenses and Loss from Operations

 

Our revenues, expenses and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

      Year Ended
December 31, 2017
      Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
Revenue   3,972,111,548     4,865,140,088  
Operating expense   6,623,102,044     ₩  6,148,520,342  
Net Loss   (2,650,990,496   (1,283,380,254

 

Revenue. Total revenue for the year ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩3,972,111 thousand and ₩4,865,140 thousand, respectively. The decrease of ₩893,029 thousand, or 18%, was primarily due to the delay in the progress of certain projects leading to the deferral of the relevant revenue to the subsequent year

 

Cost of Revenue. Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩3,615,738 thousand and ₩3,690,554 thousand, respectively. The decrease of ₩74,816 thousand, or 2%, was due to the diminishing revenue. The gross margin has been deteriorated because of the increase in the outsourcing costs and operating leverage effect (i.e. fixed costs generated regardless of the revenue).

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩2,783,121 thousand and ₩2,286,685 thousand, respectively. The increase of ₩496,436 thousand or 22%, was primarily due to the increase in the legal and professional fees of ₩7 million offset by cost reduction efforts inclusive of decrease in the headcount of ₩4 million.

 

Loss from Operations. Loss from operations for the year ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩2,426,748 thousand and ₩1,112,099 thousand, respectively. The increase of ₩1,314,649 thousand, or 118%, was due to the decrease in gross profit combined with the growth of selling, general and administrative expense as described.

 

Other Expense. Other expense for the years ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩233,360 thousand and ₩187,486 thousand, respectively. The increase of ₩45,874 thousand, or 24%, was primarily due to the increase in the interest expense of ₩10,000 thousand and decrease in interest income of ₩17,000 thousand. The interest generating debts increased and the lending to the related party was matured.

 

Net Loss. Net loss for the twelve months ended December 30, 2017 and 2016 was ₩2,650,990 thousand and ₩1,283,380 thousand, respectively. The increase of ₩ 1,367,610 thousand, or 107%, was primarily due to the increase in operating loss combined with the increase in other expense as described.

 

  23  
 

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES FOR EMARINE GLOBAL INC.

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of a going concern which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had ₩109,316 thousand of cash on hand. For the year ended December 30, 2017, we reported loss from operations of ₩2,426,748 thousand and net cash used in operating activities of ₩1,755,770 thousand. We continue to experience liquidity constraints due to the continuing losses. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

During 2017, management addressed going concern remediation by conducting a private placement offering to fund operations, and is continuing initiatives to raise capital to meet future working capital requirements. However, additional capital is required to reduce the Company’s risk of going concern uncertainties beyond the next twelve months as of April 17, 2018. There is no certainty that we will be able to arrange sufficient funding to continue its operations.

 

Cash Requirements

 

As noted, we anticipate that our cash requirements will increase substantially as we seek to expand our operations geographically in order to generate greater revenue.

 

Operations

 

Operating Cash Flows . Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was ₩1,755,770 thousand, which was due to the net loss of ₩2,650,990 thousand and the increase in net operating assets of ₩93,864 thousand offset by noncash expenses of ₩989,084 thousand.

 

Investments

 

Investing Cash Flows . Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was ₩338,623 thousand which was due to the increase in short-term financial instruments of ₩273,000 thousand, the purchase of other long-lived assets of ₩53,819 thousand and the increase in loans to related parties of ₩11,804 thousand.

 

Financing

 

Financing Cash Flows . Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was ₩2,121,488 thousand, which was primarily due to the receipt of proceeds from the private placement offering of ₩2,086,936 thousand, the increase in borrowings of ₩3,507,992 thousand offset by repayments of borrowings of ₩3,270,830 thousand and net decrease in loans from related parties of ₩202,610 thousand.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

  24  
 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. In consultation with our board of directors, we have identified the following accounting policies that we believe are key to an understanding of our financial statements. These are important accounting policies that require management’s most difficult, subjective judgments.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires judgment to determine if multiple elements exist, whether elements can be accounted for as separate units of accounting, and if so, the fair value for each of the elements. Revenue for sale of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of the goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing involvement with goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue as the sales are recognized.

 

Revenue from services is recognized by reference to the stage of performance of the services when the Company can reliably measure the amount of revenue and the recovery of the consideration is considered probable.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Refer to Note 3 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements beginning on F-11.

 

  25  
 

 

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

As previously reported in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 22, 2016, on April 18, 2016, we were informed Cowan, Gunteski & Co., P.A. (“Cowan”), that it had effectively resigned as our independent registered public accounting firm. As a result of the resignation, MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C. (“MSPC” and together with Cowan, the “Prior Accountants”) became our independent registered public accounting firm. The engagement of MSPC as our independent registered public accounting firm was ratified by the Board of Directors on April 22, 2016.

 

As previously reported in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2017, on September 7, 2017, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the dismissal of MSPC as its registered independent public accounting firm, effective September 1, 2017, and approved the engagement of Turner, Stone & Company (“Turner Stone”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, effectively September 1, 2017.

 

The audit reports of the Prior Accountants included within our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except as to its ability to continue as a going concern.

 

In connection with the audits of our financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and through the date of the Current Report, there were no disagreements (within the meaning of Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K) between us and the Prior Accountants on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of the Prior Accountants, would have caused the Prior Accountants to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in its reports on our financial statements for such years, and (ii) no reportable events of the type described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

During our two fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and through August 31, 2017, we did not consult with the Prior Accountants on (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that may be rendered on the our financial statements, and the Prior Accountants did not provide either a written report or oral advice to us that the Prior Accountants concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue; or (ii) the subject of any disagreement, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K or a reportable event, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

  26  
 

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

As a “smaller reporting company” as defined by Item 10 of Regulation S-K, the Company is not required to provide information required by this Item.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

All financial information required by this Item is attached hereto at the end of this report beginning on page F-1 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

None

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report to provide the reasonable assurance discussed above.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting is not effective based on these criteria.

 

Turner Stone & Company, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, was not required to issue an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

 

None

 

  27  
 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth the names and ages of our current directors and executive officers, the principal offices and positions held by each person. The directors serve one year terms until their successors are elected. The executive officers serve terms of one year or until their death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors. Unless described below, there are no family relationships among any of the directors and officers.

 

Name and Address   Age   Date First Elected or Appointed   Position(s)
             
Ung Gyu Kim   58   July 25, 2017   Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Seung Ho “Brian” Yang   44   January 24, 2018   Chief Operating Officer and Director
Min Sik “Primo” Park   44   January 24, 2018   Chief Technology Officer and Director
Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim   27   August 30, 2017   Secretary

 

Biographical Information

 

Dr. Ung Gyu Kim, Ph.D – Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

Dr. Kim , age 58, is internationally renowned maritime expert who holds total 35 years of career experience in the maritime industry. This includes sailing overseas as a navigation officer, studying at prestigious universities well known for maritime studies, and working for Korean Air and LG CNS. Joining e-Marine as CEO since 2003, he has successfully run for 14 years, reforming as a maritime IT company with dominant standing in domestic market. Dr. Kim appeared on number of Korean news and magazine articles, was invited to many authoritative international maritime conferences, and received the following awards: Maritime Minister Award (2011), Knowledge & Economic Minister Award (2011), Industrial Minister Award (2014), and Maritime Safety Expert (2014). Dr. Kim obtained his Navigation Major from the Korean Maritime & Ocean University. He also has an MBA from Finland Alto University and a Ph.D. in Maritime Information Systems from Mokpo Maritime University.

 

Seung Ho “Brian” Yang – Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

Mr. Yang joined e-Marine Co., Ltd. in 2001, where he worked as a software developer until 2004. Since 2004, Mr. Yang served in various capacities including as sales manager and as project manager for various maritime solutions projects, including electronic chart display and information systems (“ECDIS”) requirements and maintenance for the Republic of Korea Navy. He also worked on the implementation of maritime information and communication systems for the Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries in South Korea. Mr. Yang currently serves as head of e-Marine Co., Ltd.’s Maritime Information and Communications Technology Solutions department, where he manages all sales and maintenance services relating to ECDIS, digital charts and other maritime solutions. Mr. Yang also heads the management support department and overseas all general planning and marketing of e-Marine Co., Ltd. He received his degree in Information Communication Engineering from Daeduk University.

 

Min Sik “Primo” Park – Chief Technology Officer and Director

 

Mr. Park began working for e-Marine Co., Ltd., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, in 2002, where he worked as a software developer. Currently, Mr. Park is the head of eMarine Co., Ltd.’s research and development center, where he oversees the development of Smart Ship solutions and other e-Navigation research projects. Mr. Park also serves as a maritime technical expert for the Ministry of Science and Information and Communication Technology and the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Energy for the Republic of Korea. Mr. Park received his degree in Maritime Shipbuilding Technology from the Korea Maritime University.

 

  28  
 

 

Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim - Secretary

 

Mr. Kim, age 27, graduated in 2012 from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign with a degree in Psychology. His career in maritime field began in 2013, serving as a Republic Of Korea Marine Corps military police officer of the 6 th brigade in Bangryung Island. During his early tenures at Korean Institute of Ocean Science & Technology, where he worked during 2013, and GMT, Co., Ltd., where he worked from 2015 to 2016, he worked as both a translator and assistant project manager for international maritime projects, including S-100 development, Bangladesh Global Maritime Distress and Safety System and Malaysia Smart Surveillance System. Since 2016, Lukas Kim has been an investor relations manager and U.S. representative of eMarine Global Inc.

 

Family Relationships

 

Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim is the son of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Ung Gyu Kim.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To our knowledge, our directors and executive officers have not been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years:

 

  1. any bankruptcy petition filed by or against such person or any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;
     
  2. any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
     
  3. being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities or to be associated with any person practicing in banking or securities activities;
     
  4. being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a Federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
     
  5. being subject of, or a party to, any Federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of any Federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
     
  6. being subject of or party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

Other Directorships

 

None of our officers and directors are directors of any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of section 15(d) of such Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors has determined that currently none of it members qualify as “independent” as the term is used in Item 407 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC.

 

  29  
 

 

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

 

Although we have not adopted a formal policy on whether the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions should be separate or combined, we have traditionally determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to partially combine these roles. Due to the small size of the Company, we believe it is currently most effective to have the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions partially combined.

 

Dr. Ung Gyu Kim, our Chairman, also serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company is seeking other qualified individuals to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors. At this time, the Company does not have Directors and Officers liability insurance which has been a deterring factor in seeking other qualified directors. Dr. Kim is actively involved in oversight of the Company’s day-to-day activities.

 

Our Board of Directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes. The Board of Directors receives and reviews periodic reports from management, auditors, legal counsel, and others, as considered appropriate regarding our Company’s assessment of risks. The Board of Directors focuses on the most significant risks facing our Company and our Company’s general risk management strategy, and also ensures that risks undertaken by our Company are consistent with the Board’s appetite for risk. While the Board oversees our Company, our Company’s management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks facing our Company and that our Board leadership structure supports this approach.

 

Board Diversity

 

While we do not have a formal policy on diversity, our Board considers diversity to include the skill set, background, reputation, type and length of business experience of our Board members as well as a particular nominee’s contributions to that mix. Although there are many other factors, the Board seeks individuals with experience on public company boards as well as experience with advertising, marketing, legal and accounting skills.

 

Board Assessment of Risk

 

Our risk management function is overseen by our Board. Our management keeps our Board apprised of material risks and provides our directors access to all information necessary for them to understand and evaluate how these risks interrelate, how they affect the Company, and how management addresses those risks. Once material risks are identified, Dr. Ung Gyu Kim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, determines how to best address such risk. If the identified risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our independent directors, if any, may conduct the assessment. The Board focuses on these key risks and interfaces with management on seeking solutions. Currently we have three members on the board of directors of the Company.

 

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our Board of Directors did not hold any formal meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

We currently do not maintain any committees of the Board of Directors. Given our size and the development of our business to date, we believe that the board through its meetings can perform all of the duties and responsibilities which might be contemplated by a committee.

 

Except as may be provided in our bylaws, we do not currently have specified procedures in place pursuant to which security holders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors.

 

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s directors and executive officers and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of the Company. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders have been in compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

  30  
 

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

We have not yet adopted a Code of Ethics although we expect to do so as we develop our infrastructure and business.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following tables set forth certain information about compensation paid, earned or accrued for services by (i) our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) all other executive officers who earned in excess of $100,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (“Named Executive Officers”):

 

Name and

Principal
Position

  Year  

Salary

($)

   

Bonus

($)

   

Stock

Awards

($)

   

Option
Awards

($)

   

Non-Equity

Incentive
Plan
Compensation

($)

   

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation

($)

   

All Other

Compensation

($)

   

Total

($)

 
                                                                     
Seong Sam Cho   2017     1                                           1  
Chief Executive Officer,
President, and Director (1)
  2016     1                                           1  
                                                                     
Ung Gyu Kim   2017     187,417                                           187,417  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (2)   2016                                                  
                                                                     
Min Sik “Primo” Park   2017     86,454                                           86,454  
Chief Technology Officer and Director (3)   2016                                                  
                                                                     
Seung Ho “Brian” Yang   2017     87,211                                           87,211  
Chief Operating Officer and Director (4)   2016                                                
                                                                     
Wee Seok “Lukas” Kim   2017                                                
Secretary (5)   2016                                                

 

  (1) Mr. Seong Sam Cho resigned from all positions with the Company on July 25, 2017.
  (2) Dr. Ung Gyu Kim was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on July 25, 2017.
  (3) Mr. Min Sik “Primo” Park was appointed as a director and as Chief Technology Officer of the Company on January 24, 2018.
  (4) Mr. Seung Ho “Brian” Yang was appointed as a director and as Chief Operating Officer of the Company on January 24, 2018.
  (5) Mr. Lukas Kim was appointed as Secretary of the Company on August 30, 2017.

 

  31  
 

 

Employment Contracts and Change-in-Control

 

There are no current agreements or arrangements which will result in a change of control.

 

Executive Officer Compensation

 

Ung Gyu Kim, Chief Executive Officer . On March 1, 2017, we entered into an employment (salary) agreement with Ung Gyu Kim, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Kim’s annual salary for the period commencing March 1, 2017 through February 28, 2018. The agreement provides that Mr. Kim shall receive an annual base salary of KRW202,411,080 (approximately $187,417 USD), payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard practices, which includes legal overtime pay and other allowances for meals. The annual base salary is subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Company. The agreement also provides Mr. Kim with a company car for use while conducting business as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

Seung Ho Yang, Chief Operating Officer . On March 1, 2017, we entered into an employment (salary) agreement with Seung Ho Yang, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Yang’s annual salary for the period commencing March 1, 2017 through February 28, 2018. The agreement provides that Mr. Yang shall receive an annual base salary of KRW94,188,353 (approximately $87,211 USD), payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard practices, which includes legal overtime pay and other allowances for meals. The annual base salary is subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Company. The agreement also provides Mr. Yang with a company car for use while conducting business as Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

 

Min Sik Park, Chief Technology Officer . On March 1, 2017, we entered into an employment (salary) agreement with Min Sik Park, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Park’s annual salary for the period commencing March 1, 2017 through February 28, 2018. The agreement provides that Mr. Park shall receive an annual base salary of KRW93,370,393 (approximately $86,454 USD), payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard practices, which includes legal overtime pay and other allowances for meals. The annual base salary is subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Company. The agreement also provides Mr. Park with a company car for use while conducting business as Chief Technology Officer of the Company.

 

Director Compensation

 

We do not provide any compensation to our directors for serving as directors.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

We have not granted any equity or option awards to our executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The Company has not adopted an equity compensation plan.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 17, 2018: (i) by each of our directors, (ii) by each of the named executive officers, (iii) by all of our executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) by each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than five percent (5%) of any class of our voting securities. As of April 17, 2018, there were 22,927,992 shares of our common stock outstanding. Unless otherwise indicated, the mailing address of stockholders is c/o eMARINE Global Inc., 4 th Floor, 15-14, Samsan-ro 308beon-gil, Nam-gu, Ulsan 44715, South Korea.

 

  32  
 

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)      

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

   

Percent

of Common Stock

 
Directors and Officers                    
                     
Ung Gyu Kim         4,042,877 (2)     17.63 %
                     
Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim         -       - %
                     
Min Sik “Primo” Park         58,075       * %
                     
Seung Ho “Brian” Yang         58,075       * %
                     
All officers and directors as a group (4 persons)         4,159,027       18.14 %
                     
Beneficial Owners of more than 5%                    
                     
GMT Co., Ltd.   (3)     1,875,826 (4)     8.18 %
                     
Jason Venture PTE Ltd   (5)     1,363,953       5.95 %
                     
Da Young Lee         1,435,908       6.26 %
                     
Hwa Soo Kim         1,574,475       6.87 %
                     
RACE Holdings, LLC   (6)     3,150,000 (6)     13.74 %
                     
Peach Management LLC   (7)     1,985,000 (7)     4.99 %
                     
Daesun Chung         2,582,021       11.26 %

 

* Denotes less than 1%.
(1) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 22,927,992 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 17, 2018. “Beneficial ownership” includes shares for which an individual, directly or indirectly, has or shares voting or investment power, or both, and also includes options that are exercisable within 60 days of April 17, 2018. Unless otherwise indicated, all of the listed persons have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed opposite their names. Beneficial ownership as reported in the above table has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. In computing the percentage ownership of any person, the amount of shares outstanding is deemed to include the amount of shares beneficially owned by such person (and only such person) by reason of these acquisition rights.
(2)

Includes 58,075 shares of the Company’s common stock held by Jeong Min Seo, Dr. Ung Gyu Kim’s brother-in-law.

(3)

Ju Hwan Lee, Chief Executive Officer, holds voting and dispositive power over these shares.

(4)

Represents (i) 1,742,254 shares held in the name GMT Co., Ltd. (“GMT”), (ii) 58,075 shares held by Ju Hwan Lee, CEO of GMT, (iii) 46,460 shares held by Jung Soo No, director of GMT, and (iv) 29,037 shares held by Hyun Ju Shim, a member of GMT.

(5)

Foo Chew Tuck, director, holds sole voting and dispositive power over these shares.

(6) Represents 3,150,000 shares of common stock sold to the selling stockholder in the Company’s private placement, which closed in the third quarter of 2017. Excludes 7,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, which contains a 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker, sold to the selling stockholder in the Company’s private placement, which closed in the third quarter of 2017. Keith Michael Jensen, managing member, holds sole voting and dispositive power.
(7) Represents (i) 1,100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, which contains a 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker; (ii) 210,000 shares of common stock; and (iii) 675,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants sold to the selling stockholder in the Company’s private placement offering, which closed in the third quarter of 2017. The Briggs Family 2017 Trust, managing member, holds sole voting and dispositive power over these shares.

 

  33  
 

 

The issuer is not aware of any person who owns of record, or is known to own beneficially, five percent or more of the outstanding securities of any class of the issuer, other than as set forth above. There are no classes of stock other than common stock issued or outstanding.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company loaned ₩ 290,812 thousand and ₩ 164,000 thousand, respectively to the Company’s officers and employees. The loans receivable bear an interest of 6.9% and are redeemable on demand.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s officers and employees advanced the Company ₩ 18,895 thousand and ₩ 221,505 thousand, respectively, during the normal course of business. The loans payable bear an interest ranging from 4.6% to 6.9% and are due in 2018.

 

Director Independence

 

The Company currently has three directors, neither of whom meet the definition of “independent.”

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

 

Audit Fees

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 (from September 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017), Turner, Stone & Company LLP. billed us $44,500 in fees for professional services for the audit of our financial statements and review of financial statements included in our Form 10-Q’s, as applicable.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (through April 18, 2016), Cowan Gunteski & Co., P.A. billed us $22,000 in fees for professional services for the audit of our financial statements and review of financial statements included in our Form 10-Q’s, as applicable.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (from April 18, 2016 through December 31, 2016), MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C. billed us $15,000 in fees for professional services for the audit of our financial statements and review of financial statements included in our Form 10-Q’s, as applicable.

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 Turner, Stone & Company LLP. billed us $3,500 relating to procedures performed in connection with proxy and registration information filed with the SEC. There were no amounts billed related to any assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (through April 18, 2016), Cowan, Gunteski & Co., P.A. billed us $22,000 relating to procedures performed in connection with proxy and registration information filed with the SEC. There were no amounts billed related to any assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (from April 18, 2016 through December 31, 2016), MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C. billed us $15,000 relating to procedures performed in connection with proxy and registration information filed with the SEC. There were no amounts billed related to any assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements.

 

  34  
 

 

Tax Fees

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Turner, Stone & Company LLP. billed us $0 for professional services for tax preparation.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (through April 18, 2016), Cowan, Gunteski & Co., P.A. billed us $0 for professional services for tax preparation.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (from April 18, 2016 through December 31, 2016), MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C. billed us $0 for professional services for tax preparation.

 

All Other Fees

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Turner, Stone & Company LLP. did not bill us for any other fees.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (through April 18, 2016), Cowan, Gunteski & Co., P.A. did not bill us for any other fees.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 (from April 18, 2016 through December 31, 2016), MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C. did not bill us for any other fees.

 

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors

 

We do not currently have an Audit Committee. The policy of our Board of Directors, which acts as our Audit Committee, is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent auditors. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is generally subject to a specific budget. The independent auditors and management are required to periodically report to our Board of Directors regarding the extent of services provided by the independent auditors in accordance with this pre-approval, and the fees for the services performed to date. The Board of Directors may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

 

  35  
 

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

SEC Ref. No.   Description
3.1   Articles of Incorporation dated September 20, 2001 (Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form 10SB12G filed with the Commission on July 23, 2002)
3.2   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated June 17, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 25, 2003)
3.3   Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated January 7, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2005)
3.4   Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated November 18, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 14, 2007)
3.5   Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated Effective October 31, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 6, 2007.)
3.6   Certificate of Amendment dated June 20, 2017 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 12, 2017)
3.7   Articles of Merger, dated August 15, 2017 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 12, 2017)
3.8   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 15, 2017 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 12, 2017)
3.9   Bylaws of Web Views Corporation dated November 10, 2001 (Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form 10SB12G filed with the Commission on July 23, 2002)
10.1   Stock Exchange Agreement, dated October 12, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.2   Agreement to Purchase Subsidiaries and Cancel Shares, dated October 12, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.3   License Agreement dated February 23, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 14, 2007)
10.4   Lease Agreement dated February 26, 2007 ( Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 14, 2007)
10.5   Master License Agreement dated April 18, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 14, 2007)
10.6   Exclusive Distributorship Agreement dated June 11, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 14, 2007)
10.7   Stock Purchase Agreement (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 16, 2010)
10.8   Conversion and Release Agreement (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 25, 2011)
10.9   Employment Agreement with Seong Sam Cho (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 25, 2011.)
10.10   Employment Agreement with Seong Sam Cho (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 7, 2017)
10.11   Share Exchange Agreement, by and between Pollex, Inc. and e-Marine Co., Ltd., dated July 25, 2017 (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.12   Form of Separation Agreement (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.13   Form of Subscription Agreement (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.14   Form of Consulting Agreement (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.15   Form of Termination Agreement and Mutual General Release (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)

 

  36  
 

 

10.16   Form of Warrant (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.17   Form of Consultant Warrant (Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2017)
10.18*   International Distributor Agreement, dated April 11, 2017, by and between Teledyne CARIS, Inc. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.19*   Distributorship Agreement for Admiralty Navigation and other Related Products, dated August 10, 2005, by and between the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.20*   Distributor Agreement, dated April 2012, by and between Jeppesen Norway AS and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.21*   Agent Agreement, dated May 31, 2011, by and between Hatteland Display AS and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.22*   Memorandum of Understanding, dated January 2011, by and between ECA Sindel S.R.L. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.23*   Reseller Agreement, dated September 2009, by and between SevenCs GMbH and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.24*   English Summary – Contract for Electronic System Development, dated March 29, 2017, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.25*   English Summary – Intra-Ship Integrated Gateway Contract, dated January 23, 2017, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.26*   English Summary – Optimal Voyage System Development Contract, dated December 28, 2016, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.27*   English Summary – Information Communication R&D Business Contract, dated September 29, 2016, by and between National IT Industry Promotion Agency and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.28*   English Summary – Integrated Bridge System ECDIS Contract, dated October 15, 2014, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.29*   English Summary – ECDIS on R.O.K. Navy P154 (AOE-II) Contract, dated April 1, 2016, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.30*   English Summary – Supply Contract, dated June 3, 2014, by and between Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.31*   English Summary – Employment (Salary) Agreement, dated February 28, 2018, by and between Min Sik Park and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.32*   English Summary – Employment (Salary) Agreement, dated February 28, 2018, by and between Seung Ho Yang and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
10.33*   English Summary – Employment (Salary) Agreement, dated February 28, 2018, by and between Ung Gyu Kim and e-Marine Co., Ltd.
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries
23.2*   Consent of Turner, Stone & Company, LLP
31.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350
32.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350
101   XBRL (extensible Business Reporting Language). The following materials from Green Spirit Industries Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 formatted in XBRL: (i) the Balance Sheets, (ii) the Statements of Operations, (iii) the Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit), (iv) the Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to the Financial Statements.

 

* Filed herewith

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

 

Not applicable.

 

  37  
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seoul, Republic of Korea, on April 17, 2018.

 

  EMARINE GLOBAL INC.
     
  By: /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
    Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: April 17, 2018 By: /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
    Ung Gyu Kim
    Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
     
Date: April 17, 2018 By: /s/ Seung “Brian” Ho Yang
    Seung Ho Yang
    Chief Operating Officer and Director
     
Date: April 17, 2018 By: /s/ Min “Primo” Sik Park
    Min Sik Park
    Chief Technology Officer and Director
     
Date: April 17, 2018 By: /s/ Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim
    Woo Seok “Lukas” Kim
    Secretary

 

  38  
 

 

INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 F- 3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7

 

F- 1

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of eMarine Global Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of eMarine Global Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered liquidity constraints due to recurring losses. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas

April 17, 2018

 

This is our first year to serve as the Company’s auditor.

 

F- 2

 

 

eMARINE Global Inc. (Formerly Known as e-Marine Co., Ltd.)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of Korean Won, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31 2017     December 31,  2016  
             
ASSETS                
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   109,316     157,971  
Short-term financial instruments     338,000       65,000  
Accounts receivable, net of of allowance for doubtful accounts of ₩11,226,700 and ₩5,830,000, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively     480,673       307,116  
Inventories     6,200       231,290  
Loans to related parties     164,000       164,000  
Other current assets     65,087       68,972  
Total Current Assets     1,163,276       994,349  
                 
Property and equipment, net     59,808       24,987  
Goodwill     1,430,625       1,430,625  
Intangible assets, net     403,053       507,239  
Deposits     120,499       87,798  
Total Assets   3,177,261     3,044,998  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   1,129,854     956,395  
Nontrade payables     1,131,517       1,167,347  
Other current liabilities     193,048       287,615  
Short-term borrowings     2,789,886       2,632,725  
Loans from related parties     18,895       -  
Current portion of long-term debt     245,240       120,000  
Total Current Liabilities     5,508,440       5,164,082  
                 
Long-term debt     684,760       730,000  
Loans from related parties     -       221,505  
Accrued benefit pension liability     930,098       880,656  
Total Liabilities     7,123,298       6,996,243  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)     -       -  
                 
Temporary Equity - Redeemable convertible preferred stock     -       636,007  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT :                
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 245,286 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016; $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 22,061,317 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017     25,265       21  
Additional paid-in capital     6,577,829       3,327,413  
Other comprehensive loss     (56,593 )     (73,138 )
Accumulated deficit     (10,492,538 )     (7,841,548 )
Total Stockholders’ Deficit     (3,946,037 )     (4,587,252 )
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit   3,177,261     3,044,998  

 

F- 3

 

 

eMARINE Global Inc. (Formerly Known as e-Marine Co., Ltd.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands of Korean Won, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended  
    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
             
Revenue                
Product   1,866,863     2,321,425  
Service     2,105,248       2,543,715  
Total revenue     3,972,111       4,865,140  
Cost of revenue                
Product     1,677,034       1,959,184  
Service     1,938,704       1,731,370  
Total cost of revenue     3,615,738       3,690,554  
Gross margin     356,373       1,174,586  
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses     2,783,121       2,286,685  
Loss from operations     (2,426,748 )     (1,112,099 )
                 
Other expense:                
Interest expense, net     (226,721 )     (198,556 )
Other income (expense), net     (6,639 )     -11,070  
Total other expense     (233,360 )     (187,486 )
                 
Loss before provision for income taxes     (2,660,108 )     (1,299,585 )
                 
Income tax benefit     (9,118 )     (16,205 )
                 
Net loss   (2,650,990 )   (1,283,380 )
                 
Net loss per common share   (308.18 )   (5,227.92 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding     8,601,977       245,486  
                 
Net loss   (2,650,990 )   (1,283,380 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):                
Foreign exchange translation loss     (15,781 )     -  
Remeasurement of pension liabilities     32,326       57,453  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:     16,545       57,453  
Comprehensive loss   (2,634,445 )   (1,225,927 )

 

F- 4

 

 

eMARINE Global Inc. (Formerly Known as e-Marine Co., Ltd.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

(In thousands of Korean Won, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock           Accumulated Other           Total  
    $0.001 Par Value     Additional     Comprehensive     Accumulated     Stockholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Paid-in Capital     Loss     Deficit     Deficit  
Balance, December 31, 2015     17,072      21     ₩   3,327,413     (130,591)     (6,558,168)      (3,361,325)  
Remeasurement of pension liabilities                             57,453               57,453  
Net loss                                     (1,283,380 )     (1,283,380 )
Balance, December 31, 2016     17,072       21       3,327,413       (73,138 )     (7,841,548 )     (4,587,252 )
Exchange of debt for common stock - post reverse merger     982,361       1,110       4,758,212                       4,759,322  
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock - pre reverse merger     12,800       128,000       508,007                       636,007  
Recapitalzation on reverse merger     14,989,084       (111,047 )     (4,709,908 )                     (4,820,955 )
Private placement     3,860,000       4,695       2,212,204                       2,216,899  
Stock issuance cost                     (129,963 )                     (129,963 )
Warrants issued on professional service                     614,350                       614,350  
Shares issued for stock placement fee     2,200,000       2,486       (2,486 )                     -  
Foreign exchange translation loss                             (15,781 )             (15,781 )
Remeasurement of pension liabilities                             32,326               32,326  
Net loss                                     (2,650,990 )     (2,650,990 )
Balance, December 31, 2017     22,061,317      25,265     6,577,829     (56,593)     (10,492,538)     (3,946,037)  

 

F- 5

 

 

eMARINE Global Inc. (Formerly Known as e-Marine Co., Ltd.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of Korean Won)

 

 

    Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                
Net loss   (2,650,990 )   (1,283,380 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     123,184       18,449  
Pension plan expenses     237,779       210,059  
Bad debt     18,255       5,830  
Deferred income taxes     (9,118 )     (16,205 )
Warrants issued for professional service     614,350       -  
Payroll offset against loan to affiliate     10,140       6,000  
Foreign currency loss (gain)     (5,506 )     5,258  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (191,811 )     571,442  
Inventories     225,090       (162,570 )
Other current assets     3,885       (21,564 )
Deposits     (32,702 )     (7,000 )
Accounts payable     178,964       252,283  
Nontrade payables     (35,830 )     344,627  
Other current liabilities     (94,567 )     (160,009
Pension benefits payments     (146,893 )     (84,268 )
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (1,755,770 )     (321,138 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                
Decrease (Increase) in loans to related parties     (225,101 )     -  
Decrease in loans to related parties     213,297       -  
Purchase of short-term financial instruments     (273,000 )     (123,110 )
Proceeds from disposals of short-term financial instruments     -       85,114  
Purchase of property and equipment     (51,424 )     (11,178 )
Purchase of intangible assets     (2,395 )     -  
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (338,623 )     (49,174 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Proceeds from private placement, net     2,086,936       -  
Drawdown of short-term borrowings     1,459,992       1,898,665  
Repayment of short-term borrowings     (1,302,830 )     (2,588,489 )
Repayment of current portion of long-term debt     (120,000 )     (120,000 )
Borrowings of long-term debt     200,000       500,000  
Advances from a related party     3,470       162,000  
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock     -       636,007  
Repayment of loans from related parties     (202,610 )     (113,495
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     2,121,488       374,688  
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents     (75,750 )     -  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (48,655 )     4,376  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS- beginning of year     157,971       153,595  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS- end of year   109,316       157,971  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Cash paid for:                
Interest   235,408     223,408  
Income taxes   -     -  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock   636,007     -  
Consideration due for the business acquisition   -     500,000  
Exchange of debt for common stock   4,759,322     -  
Offset of loans from related parties against loans to related parties   -     200,000  
Refinancing of short-term borrowings   1,828,000     1,600,000  

 

F- 6

 

 

eMARINE Global Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

 

eMarine Global Inc. is a Nevada corporation (the “Company”) formed under the name of Web Views Corporation on November 2, 2001. On October 20, 2008, the Company changed its name to Pollex, Inc. (“Pollex”)

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with e-Marine Co., Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (“e-Marine”), and the shareholders of e-Marine (the “e-Marine Shareholders”), pursuant to which the e-Marine Shareholders assigned, transferred and delivered, free and clear of all liens, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of e-Marine, representing 100% of the equity interest in e-Marine (the “e-Marine Shares”) in exchange for 14,975,000 restricted shares of its common stock (the “Share Exchange”). As a result of the Share Exchange, e-Marine became the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, and the e-Marine Shareholders acquired a controlling interest in the Company.

 

For accounting purposes, the Share Exchange was treated as an acquisition of Pollex and a recapitalization of the Company. The Company is the accounting acquirer, and the results of its operations carryover. Accordingly, the operations of Pollex are not carried over and have been adjusted to ₩0. The assets and liabilities of the Company have been brought forward at its book value and no goodwill has been recognized as a result of the transaction.

 

At the time of the Share Exchange, the Company was engaged in the online games business by acquiring gaming licenses in order to make them commercially available abroad. As a result of the Share Exchange, the Company assumed e-Marine’s business operations as its own. The acquisition of e-Marine is treated as a reverse acquisition, and the business of e-Marine became the business of the Company.

 

As part of the recapitalization, the Pollex Shareholders assigned, transferred and delivered, free and clear of all liens, 1,012,233 of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Pollex, in exchange for 1,026,317 restricted shares of its common stock.

 

e-Marine Co., Ltd. was organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea on January 2, 2001, and is a maritime information and communications technology provider based in South Korea. e-Marine seeks to achieve safety of life at sea through the use of various technologies, such as e-Navigation, Maritime Internet-of-Things (otherwise known as “I.o.T.”) and marine big data technology (collectively, “Maritime ICT Convergence”). e-Marine’s main products and services are divided into four categories: (1) Electronic Chart Display & Information System (“ECDIS”); (2) Smart Ship; (3) Overseas Solutions Distributions; and (4) Aids to Navigation.

 

On August 15, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which it merged with and into a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger Sub” and, the transaction, the “Merger”).

 

As permitted by Chapter 92A.180 of Nevada Revised Statutes, the purpose of the Merger was to effect a change of the Company’s name from Pollex, Inc. to eMARINE Global Inc. Upon the filing of articles of merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada on August 15, 2017 in order to effect the Merger, the Company’s articles of incorporation were deemed amended to reflect the change in the Company’s corporate name. Upon consummation of the Merger, the separate existence of Merger Sub ceased.

 

NOTE 2 – LIQUIDITY FINANCIAL CONDITION AND MANAGEMENT PLANS

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of a going concern which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

F- 7

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had cash of ₩109,316 thousand. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company reported loss from operations of ₩2,426,748 thousand and ₩1,112,099 thousand, respectively, and net cash used in operating activities of ₩755,770 thousand and ₩299,271 thousand, respectively. The Company continues to experience liquidity constraints due to the continuing losses. These factors contributed to the Company’s substantial doubt of its ability to continue as a going concern.

 

During 2017, management has addressed going concern remediation through funding through the private placement and is continuing initiatives to raise capital to meet future working capital requirements. However, additional capital is required to reduce the risk of going concern uncertainties for the Company beyond the next twelve months as of the reporting date. There is no certainty that the Company will be able to arrange sufficient funding to continue its operations.

 

NOTE 3 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Functional and Reporting Currency

 

The Company uses Korean Won as its functional currency since the majority of the Company’s revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognized in the Republic of Korea and the reporting currency is the same as the functional currency.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used in determining, among other items, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets, pension liabilities, income taxes and contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of less than three months at purchase to be cash equivalents.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

F- 8

 

 

The carrying values reported in balance sheets for current financial assets and current financial liabilities approximate their estimated fair market values based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful accounts

 

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and reviews accounts receivable on a monthly basis to determine if any receivables will potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable balances that are determined to be uncollectible, along with a general reserve based on historical experience, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or market.

 

The Company continually analyzes its slow-moving and excess inventories. Based on historical and projected sales volumes and anticipated selling prices, the Company establishes reserves. Inventory that is in excess of current and projected use is reduced by an allowance to a level that approximates its estimate of future demand. Products that are determined to be obsolete are written down to net realizable value.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company provides for depreciation generally on the straight-line method based upon estimated useful life of 5 years for vehicles, Office equipment, fixtures and furniture and others.

 

Costs related to repair and maintenance activities are expensed in the period in which they are incurred unless leading to an extension of the original lifetime or capacity.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The Company accounts for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”. ASC 350 requires that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives be tested for impairment annually or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of an asset has decreased below its carrying value.

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value. Significant judgment is required to estimate the fair value of reporting units including estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment.

 

The Company’s business includes one goodwill reporting unit. The Company annually reviews goodwill for possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to reporting unit’s carrying amount. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no goodwill impairment is deemed to exist. If the fair value does not exceed the carrying amount, goodwill is tested for impairment and written down to its implied fair value if it is determined to be impaired. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test at December 31 on an annual basis.

 

Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as part of a business acquisition, at estimated fair value. The Company periodically evaluates identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

F- 9

 

 

Amortization is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 5 years for industrial property rights, software and others. Amortizable intangible assets are only evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. If an evaluation of the undiscounted future cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value, which is based on its discounted future cash flows. Based upon its qualitative assessment, the Company determined that intangible assets were not impaired on December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Pension

 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements relating to employees’ severance payments and pension plans are determined on an actuarial basis utilizing certain assumptions in the calculation of such amounts. The assumptions used in determining net periodic costs and liabilities for employees’ severance payments include discount rate, rate of increase in compensation levels, average remaining years of service and other factors.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company accounts for preferred stock in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities From Equity”. ASC 480 requires, when determining the classification and measurement of its preferred stock, preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption would be classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value.

 

Conditionally redeemable preferred shares (including preferred shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) would be classified as temporary equity. At all other times, preferred shares are classified as stockholders’ equity.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires judgment to determine if multiple elements exist, whether elements can be accounted for as separate units of accounting, and if so, the fair value for each of the elements.

 

Revenue for sale of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of the goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing involvement with goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue as the sales are recognized.

 

Revenue from services is recognized by reference to the stage of performance of the services when the Company can reliably measure the amount of revenue and the recovery of the consideration is considered probable.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expenditures for the Company’s projects are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs were ₩51,766 thousand and ₩33,464 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are reported within selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the provision of ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASC 740-10”), which requires, among other things, an asset and liability approach to calculating deferred income taxes. The asset and liability approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets for which management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will not be realized. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.

 

F- 10

 

 

The Company follows the provision of ASC 740-10 related to Accounting for Uncertain Income Tax Positions. When tax returns are filed, there may be uncertainty about the merits of positions taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. In accordance with the guidance of ASC 740-10, the benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.

 

The portion of the benefit associated with tax positions taken that exceed the amount measured as described above should be reflected as a liability for uncertain tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company believes its tax positions are all more likely than not to be upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for uncertain tax benefits.

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

Earnings (loss) per share are calculated in accordance with ASC 260 “Earnings Per Share,” which provides for the calculation of “basic” and “diluted” earnings (loss) per share. Basic earnings (loss) per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflect, in periods in which they have a dilutive effect, the effect of common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options. The following securities were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive for the years presented.

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock     -       12,800  
Common stock warrants     10,750,000       -  
Potential dilutive shares     10,750,000       12,800  

 

These shares were excluded due to their antidilutive effect.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU will increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Certain qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required, as well as a retrospective recognition and measurement of impacted leases. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine its impact on the Company’s operations, financial position, cash flows and disclosures.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 to reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Subsequently, FASB issued ASUs in 2016 containing implementation guidance related to ASU 2014-09, including: ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) , which is intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations; ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing , which is intended to clarify two aspects of Topic 606: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance; and ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients , which contains certain provision and practical expedients in response to identified implementation issues. The Company is planning to adopt ASU 2014-09 and related ASUs on January 1, 2018. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt these ASUs. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine its impact on the Company’s operations, financial position, cash flows and disclosures.

 

F- 11

 

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This ASU eliminates Step 2 along with amending other parts of the goodwill impairment test. Under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, and should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value with the loss not exceeding the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. At adoption, this update will require a prospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine its impact on the Company’s operations, financial position, cash flows and disclosures.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230). This ASU will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case the Company would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine its impact on the Company’s operations, financial position, cash flows and disclosures.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

 

NOTE 4 — INVENTORIES

 

The components of inventories are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Finished goods   -     98,100  
Raw materials     6,200       133,190  
      6,200       231,290  
Less: Inventory reserve     -       -  
Total, net   6,200       231,290  

 

NOTE 5 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The components of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Office equipment   219,980     208,356  
Fixtures and furniture     48,520       8,720  
Other     285,113       285,113  
Total, at cost     553,613       502,189  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     (493,805 )     (477,202 )
Total, net   59,808     24,987  

 

Depreciation expense amounted to ₩16,603 thousand and ₩10,330 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F- 12

 

 

NOTE 6 – GOODWILL

 

In 2011, the Company acquired Intra-Ship Integrated Gateway business from Hyundai BS&C Co., Ltd. and recognized the goodwill of ₩1,430,625 thousand along with the other identifiable assets and liabilities.

 

The Company assessed relevant events and circumstances in evaluating whether it was more likely than not that its fair value of the reporting unit was less than reporting unit’s carrying amount. Then the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit was compared to the carrying amount of goodwill. With regard to the implied fair value of goodwill, such was determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. To that end, the Company assigned the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its net assets was an indication of the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

The Company then evaluated the fair value of its reporting unit by estimating through the use of discounted cash flow models, which required management to make significant estimates and assumptions considered to be Level 3 fair value inputs, including anticipated future revenue opportunities, operating margins, and discount rates, among others. As a result of such analysis, the Company concluded that the implied fair value of the goodwill is greater than reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

NOTE 7 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The components of intangible assets that are carried at cost less accumulated amortization are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Description   Gross Carrying Amount     Accumulated Amortization     Net Carrying Amount     Gross Carrying Amount     Accumulated Amortization     Net Carrying Amount  
Industrial Property Rights   5,960     (4,841 )   1,119     5,960     (4,397 )   1,563  
Software     62,782       (62,782 )     -       62,782       (57,106 )     5,676  
Customers relationship     500,000       (100,000 )     400,000       500,000       -       500,000  
Other     22,020       (20,086 )     1,934       19,625       (19,625 )     -  
Total   590,762     (187,709 )   403,053     588,367     (81,128 )   507,239  

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was ₩106,581 thousand and ₩8,119 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The following table outlines the estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets held as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

Year Ending December 31,      
2018   100,880  
2019     100,880  
2020     100,741  
2021     100,461  
2022     91  
Total   403,053  

 

F- 13

 

 

NOTE 8 — DEBT

 

Short-term Borrowings

 

The Company borrowed ₩260,000 thousand from Kookmin Bank at October 8, 2015 with the maturity of October 2, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 4.70% and 2.95% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company paid ₩26,000 thousand and entered into a refinancing agreement at September 29. 2017. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩234,000 thousand and ₩260,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are guaranteed by Korea Technology Finance Corporation, a government-funded institution.

 

The Company borrowed ₩260,000 thousand from Kookmin Bank at November 4, 2015 with the maturity of November 2, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 5.05% and 2.95% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company paid ₩26,000 thousand and entered into a refinancing agreement at November 3. 2017. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩234,000 thousand and ₩260,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are guaranteed by Korea Technology Finance Corporation, a government-funded institution.

 

The Company borrowed ₩1,000,000 thousand from Shinhan Bank at March 23, 2012 with the maturity of March 23, 2013. The maturity of borrowings has been modified multiple times and last set as July 10, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 12.00% and 12.00% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩400,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are guaranteed by Hyundai BS&C Co., Ltd., a nonaffiliated company.

 

The Company borrowed ₩1,000,000 thousand from Woori Bank at June 2, 2015 with the maturity of June 1, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 4.27% and 4.16% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩1,000,000 and ₩1,000,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are guaranteed by Korea Technology Finance Corporation, a government-funded institution.

 

The Company borrowed ₩80,000 thousand from Woori Bank at December 16, 2015 with the maturity of September 10, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 14.00% and 10.79% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩80,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are collateralized by the savings account of ₩4,000 thousand.

 

The Company had a bank overdraft from Woori Bank. The overdraft bears an interest at 14.00% and 10.24% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the bank overdraft was ₩57,886 thousand and ₩132,725 thousand, respectively. The overdraft is collateralized by the savings account of ₩5,000 thousand and guaranteed by Ung Gyu Kim, President.

 

The Company borrowed ₩500,000 thousand from Suhyup Bank at July 18, 2016 with the maturity of July 18, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 2.50 % and 2.50% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩464,000 and ₩500,000 thousand, respectively. The borrowings are collateralized by the savings account of ₩3,000 thousand and guaranteed by Hyundai BS&C Co., Ltd., a nonaffiliated company.

 

The Company borrowed ₩300,000 thousand from Hana Bank at August 4, 2017 with the maturity of August 1, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 2.56 % per annum for 2017. At December 31, 2017, the balance for the borrowings was ₩300,000 thousand. The borrowings are collateralized by the savings account of ₩300,000 thousand.

 

The Company borrowed ₩550,000 thousand from GMT Co., Ltd. at April 19, 2017 with the maturity of November 30, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 6.00 % per annum for 2017. At December 31, 2017, the balance for the borrowings was ₩200,000 thousand. The Company is in negotiation with the lender to extend the maturity.

 

F- 14

 

 

The Company borrowed ₩300,000 thousand from GNC Co., Ltd. at April 18, 2017 with the maturity of November 30, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 6.00 % per annum for 2017. At December 31, 2017, the balance for the borrowings was ₩300,000 thousand. The Company is in negotiation with the lender to extend the maturity.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the estimated fair value of the short-term borrowings approximate their carrying values.

 

Long-term Debt

 

The components of the long-term debt, including the current portion, are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Loans from Small & medium Business Corporation borrowed at March 23, 2016 with the maturity of March 22, 2021 and at an interest of 4.22% and 4.39% per annum for 2017 and 2016, respectively, guaranteed by Ung Gyu Kim, President   500,000     500,000  
Loans from Small & medium Business Corporation borrowed at February 28, 2017 with the maturity of February 28, 2022 and at an interest of 2.65% per annum, guaranteed by Ung Gyu Kim, President     200,000       -  
Loans from Kwangju Bank borrowed at September 24, 2015 with the maturity of September 24, 2018 and at an interest of 6.06%, 6.08% and 5.90% per annum for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, guaranteed by Ung Gyu Kim, President. The borrowings are secured by the personal property owned by Ung Gyu Kim, President.     230,000       350,000  
Total     930,000       850,000  
                 
Less: current portion     (245,240 )     (120,000 )
Total long-term debt less current portion   684,760     730,000  

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the estimated fair value of the long-term debt, including the current portion, were ₩930,000 and ₩850,000, respectively. These estimated fair values are based on Level 2 inputs.

 

Maturities of the long-term debt for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

Year Ending December 31,      
2018   245,240  
2019     332,260  
2020     233,160  
2021     108,240  
2022     11,100  
Total   930,000  

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenant in credit agreements as defined in the credit agreements.

 

NOTE 9 – PENSION PLANS

 

The Company has a defined contribution plans covering all full time employees who met certain requirements of age, length of service and hours worked per year. Benefits paid to retirees are based upon age at retirement and years of credited service.

 

F- 15

 

 

Information with respect to changes in benefit obligation and the funded status of the plans is as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Change in projected benefit liability                
Liability at beginning of year   880,656     828,523  
Service cost     226,787       200,789  
Interest cost     10,991       9,269  
Benefit payments     (146,892 )     (84,268 )
Prior service cost     -       -  
Remeasurement of defined benefit liabilities     (41,444 )     (73,657 )
Liability at end of year     930,098       880,656  
                 
Plan assets at end of year     -       -  
                 
Funded status and net liability recognized   (930,098 )   (880,656 )

 

The components of benefit expense are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
             
Service cost   226,787     200,790  
Interest cost     10,991       9,269  
Prior service cost     -       -  
Total   237,778     210,059  

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine projected benefit liability and benefit expense for pension plans are as follows:

 

    2017     2016  
Discount rate     3.21 %     2.68 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets     N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase     2.00 %     2.00 %

 

The estimated future benefit payments are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

Year Ending December 31,      
2018   42,802  
2019     55,189  
2020     51,151  
2021     54,757  
2022     57,537  
      2,150,664  
Total   2,412,100  

 

NOTE 10 – REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

On May 17, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an accredited investor to place 12,800 redeemable convertible preferred shares (the “Preferred Stock”), par value ₩10,000 per share, in the aggregate principal amount of ₩640,000 thousand (the “Transaction”). The proceeds from sales of the Preferred Stock, net of issuance cost of ₩3,993 thousand were fully received at June 8, 2016.

 

F- 16

 

 

The Preferred Stock has the following rights, privileges and preferences:

 

  Dividends. Holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends of 1% of par value as declared by the board of directors on the common stock and have the participation rights.
     
  Liquidation. In the event of a liquidation of the Company, including a change of control transaction, holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid an amount equal to their investment amount before any payment is made to any other holders of the common stock.
     
  Voting. Holders of the Preferred Stock have the same voting rights as those of the common stock.
     
  Conversion. The Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of the common stock at any time at the holder’s election. The Shares automatically convert into common stock one year after the issuance unless the Preferred Stock is redeemed at the option of the investor. The Preferred Stock is convertible on a one to one basis into common stock.
     
  Redemption. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at its issuance cost plus redemption premium of 8% of interest on the cost if the Company fails to be listed in stock exchanges market within 11 months after the issuance at the holder’s election.

 

On May 30, 2017, all redeemable convertible preferred shares were converted into 12,800 shares of common stock of e-Marine Co. Ltd. On July 25, 2017, as a result of the Share Exchange, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of e-Marine Co. Ltd., and e-Marine Co., Ltd. became the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

 

The Company authorized 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, of which 22,061,317 are currently issued and outstanding. The Company also has 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. There are currently no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The shareholders of common stock (the “Shareholders”) have equal ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefore, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and are entitled to share ratably in all of the Company’s assets available for distribution to the Shareholders upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of business. The Shareholders do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights.

 

The Shareholders are entitled to one vote per share on all matters which they are entitled to vote upon at all meetings of the Shareholders. The Shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights, which would allow the Shareholders of more than 50% of outstanding voting securities to elect all of directors.

 

The payment of dividends, if any, in the future rests within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, upon earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, as well as other relevant factors. The Company has not paid any dividends since its inception and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but intend to retain all earnings, if any, for use in its business.

 

Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors will be authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further vote or action by the Shareholders, to issue from time to time preferred stock in one or more series. Each series of preferred stock will have the number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, which may include, among other things, dividend rights, voting rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.

 

F- 17

 

 

Warrants

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 9,650,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, for a period of three years from the date of issuance, July 25, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.60 per share, subject to adjustments as set forth in the warrant. The Company also has outstanding warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,100,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, for a period of three years from the date of issuance, July 25, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.08 per share, subject to adjustments as set forth in the warrant.

 

The Company may issue warrants to non-employees in capital raising transactions or for services. In accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”, the cost of warrants issued to non-employees is measured on the grant date based on the fair value. The fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The resulting amount is charged to expense on the straight-line basis over the period in which the Company expects to receive the benefit, which is generally the vesting period. For the year ended December 31, 2017, ₩620,994 thousand was charged to expense.

 

Private Placement Offering

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with selected accredited investors (each, an “Investor” and, collectively, the “Investors”). Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, the Company offered in a private placement (the “Offering”) $2,250,000 of units (each, a “Unit” and, collectively, the “Units”). Each Unit has a purchase price of $0.50 and consisted of (i) one (1) share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”); and (ii) warrants to purchase two and one-half (2.5) shares of the Company’s common stock (each, a “Warrant” and, collectively, the “Warrants”). The Warrants are exercisable for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance at an exercise price of $0.60 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement evidencing the Warrants. The Shares underlying the Warrants may hereinafter be referred to as the “Warrant Shares”.

 

The Offering closed on July 25, 2017 (the “Closing”). At the Closing, the Company received subscriptions for the full Offering of $2,250,000, with gross proceeds of $1,765,000 (approximately ₩2,009,844 thousand) being received by the Company as of such date. Pollex issued a total of 3,530,000 Shares and 8,825,000 Warrants to purchase up to 8,825,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Since the Closing, the Company received gross proceeds in the amount of $165,000 (approximately ₩184,190 thousand), and issued to the relevant Investors an aggregate of 330,000 Shares and Warrants to purchase 825,000 Shares.

 

Consulting Agreement

 

On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with Peach Management LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (“Consultant”), for a term of twenty four months, effective as of July 25, 2017 (the “Term”). Pursuant to the terms of the Consulting Agreement, Consultant will assist the Company with introductions to investor relation firms located within and outside the United States to develop and implement capital markets messaging reflected in press releases, shareholder letters, PowerPoint presentations, social media and traditional media (the “Services”) during the Term. In consideration of the Services to be rendered by Consultant, the Company shall issue to Consultant warrants to purchase up to 1,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Consultant Warrants”). The Consultant Warrants shall have a term of three years and have an exercise price equal to $0.08 per share.

 

In connection with the issuance of these warrants, the Company charged approximately ₩620,994 thousand of professional fees to expense.

 

F- 18

 

 

The fair value of stock warrants was determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (the “Black-Scholes model”) The Black-Scholes model requires management to make various estimates and assumptions, including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free rate, and dividend yield. The expected term represents the period of time that stock-based compensation awards granted are expected to be outstanding and is estimated based on considerations including the vesting period, contractual term and anticipated employee exercise patterns. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in relation to the contractual life of stock-based compensation instrument. The dividend yield assumption is based on historical patterns and future expectations for the Company dividends.

 

The following table includes the estimates and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model:

 

Stock price   $ 0.57  
Exercise price   $ 0.08  
Contractual term (Years)     3  
Volatility     70.22 %
Risk-free rate     1.53 %
Expected dividend rate     0.00 %

 

Other Issuances

 

In connection with the Exchange Agreement and Subscription Agreement, the Company issued to RedChip Companies, Inc. and Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP an aggregate of 2,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The fair value of such shares issued is approximately ₩1,417,159 thousand and is recorded as additional paid in capital as these shares were issued as the consideration for the capital raising.

 

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

    2017     2016  
Current   -     -  
Deferred     9,118       16,205  
Total   9,118     16,205  

 

The table below summarizes the differences between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory federal rate as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    2017     2016  
Income taxes at Federal statutory rate     34.00 %     34.00 %
Foreign tax rate differential     (12.00 )%     (12.00 )%
Change in valuation allowance     (22.00 )%     (22.81 )%
Other     0.43 %     2.06 %
Effective tax rate     0.43 %     1.25 %

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands of Korean Won):

 

F- 19

 

 

    2017     2016  
Accounts receivable   (17,887 )   58,331  
Inventories     537,232       301,786  
Property and equipment     (2,610 )     (1,414 )
Goodwill and intangible assets     1,398,851       1,199,275  
Accounts payable     -       68,521  
Pension benefits     204,622       193,744  
Other     67,520       (2,288 )
Net operating losses     105,558       85,893  
Tax credit carryforwards     871,500       681,695  
Deferred tax assets, gross    

3,164,787

      2,585,543  
                 
Valuation allowances    

(3,164,787

)     (2,585,543 )
Deferred tax assets, net   -     -  

 

The Company has a net operating loss carryforward for tax purposes totaling ₩105,558 thousand ₩85,893 thousand at December 31, 2017 and 2016, expiring through the year 2027.

 

The Company’s tax jurisdiction is the Republic of Korea.

 

After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, management has recorded a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2017 and 2016, due to the uncertainty of realizing the deferred income tax assets. The valuation allowance was increased by ₩579,244 thousand and ₩297,420 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company’s tax years for 2013 through 2017 may still be subject to tax examination.

 

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company loaned ₩290,812 thousand and ₩164,000 thousand, respectively to the Company’s officers and employees. The loans receivable bear an interest of 4.6% and are redeemable on demand.

 

The Company borrowed ₩53,000 thousand from Min Sik Park, Senior Vice President, at December 31, 2015 with the maturity of December 30, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 9.50 % per annum. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩18,895 thousand and ₩36,550 thousand, respectively.

 

The Company borrowed ₩120,000 thousand from Seung Ho Yang, Senior Vice President, at December 30, 2015 with the maturity of December 29, 2018. The borrowings bear an interest at 9.50 % per annum. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩82,755 thousand, respectively.

 

The Company borrowed ₩9,000 thousand from Yong Seuk Suh, Senior Manager, at May 23, 2016 with the maturity of January 20, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 4.60 % per annum. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩9,000 thousand, respectively.

 

The Company borrowed ₩30,000 thousand from Dal Gyu Kim, Senior Vice President, at November 30, 2016 with the maturity of January 26, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 4.60 % per annum. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩30,000 thousand, respectively.

 

The Company borrowed ₩123,000 thousand from Ung Gyu Kim, President, at May 23, 2016 with the maturity of April 7, 2017. The borrowings bear an interest at 4.60 % per annum. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance for the borrowings was ₩nil and ₩63,200 thousand, respectively.

 

F- 20

 

 

NOTE 14 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Maintenance Bond

 

In connection with service agreements with certain customers, the Company is required to provide a maintenance bond to guarantee the maintenance for a specified period of time following completion of service. The Company purchases maintenance bonds from third-party guarantors and is not exposed to contingent liabilities.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time the Company may be named in claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Currently, no legal proceedings, government actions, administrative actions, investigations or claims are pending against the Company or involve the Company that, in the opinion of management, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business and financial condition except for the lawsuit against Shinwoo E&D Co., Ltd. (“Shinwoo”). There was an unpaid amount due ₩84,095,000 from Shinwoo in dispute as of December 31, 2017. The Company filed a lawsuit and the ruling by the district count at January 18, 2018 was in favor of the Company. Shinwoo appealed against the court decision at February 1, 2018. The Company believes it is probable that it will not suffer from an adverse outcome related to the case. The Company does not record any reserve related to this dispute as of December 31, 2017.

 

NOTE 15 — CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of deposits in banks and accounts receivable.

 

The Company maintains cash in accounts which are in excess of the Korea Deposit Insurance Corporation (“KDIC”) insured limited of ₩50,000 thousand. As of December 31, 2017, the balance for two deposit accounts was in excess of the KDIC insurance coverage limit by ₩252,509 thousand and ₩17,983 thousand.

 

Credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable was concentrated with four and three of the Company’s customers in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2017, Naval Logistics Command, Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and Shinwoo E&D Co., Ltd. represented 38%, 22% and 17% of accounts receivable outstanding.

 

At December 31, 2016, National Information Society Agency, Naval Logistics Command, Shinwoo E&D Co., Ltd., KC Device Co., Ltd. and Hanjin Heavy Industry Co., Ltd. represented 33%, 30%, 27%, 24% and 10% of accounts receivable outstanding.

 

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition to mitigate its credit risk. The deterioration of the financial condition of its major customers could adversely impact the Company’s operations. From time to time where the Company determines that circumstances warrant, the Company extends payment terms beyond its standard payment terms.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Naval Logistics Command and National Information Society Agency represented 25% and 11% of the Company’s net sales.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., National Information Society Agency and Ministry of Ocean and Fisheries represented 16%, 11% and 11% of the Company’s net sales.

 

NOTE 16 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluates events that have occurred after the balance sheet date but before the consolidated financial statements are issued.

 

On March 23, 2018, the “Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with selected accredited investors (each, an “Investor” and, collectively, the “Investors”). Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, the Company sold in a private placement (the “Offering”) an aggregate of 866,675 units (each, a “Unit” and, collectively, the “Units”) at a purchase price of $0.60 per Unit. Each Unit consists of (i) one (1) share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”); and (ii) warrants to purchase two and one-half (2.5) shares of the Company’s common stock (each, a “Warrant” and, collectively, the “Warrants”). The Warrants are exercisable for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance at an exercise price of $0.70 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement evidencing the Warrants. At closing, the Company issued an aggregate of 866,675 Shares and 2,166,688 Warrants for total gross proceeds of $520,005.

 

F- 21

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

 

This International Distributor Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of the _11th day of _ April, _ 2017_ (hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Date”) by and between Teledyne CARIS, Inc., having its principal place of business located at 115 Waggoners Lane, Fredericton New Brunswick E3B 2L4, Canada (hereinafter referred to as “Manufacturer”), and e-Marine Co., Ltd. located at #711, Daemyung Valeon, 127, Beobwon-ro, Songpa-gu, Seoul, 05836, Republic of Korea (hereinafter referred to as “Distributor”). Manufacturer and Distributor are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and jointly as the “Parties”.

 

In consideration of the representations, covenants, and agreements set forth herein, the Parties, intend ing to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

 

1. Term of Agreement

 

1.1 This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date specified above and, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the termination provisions specified herein, shall expire two (2) years after the Effective Date (hereinafter referred to as the“Term”).

 

2. Appointment and Acceptance

 

2.1 Manufacturer hereby appoints Distributor as its nonexclusive distributor authorised to solicit and accept orders for the specific products and/or services of Manufacturer set forth in Schedule A. Scope of Services, attached hereto and incorporated by reference (hereinafter referred to as “Products”), from any prospective third party customer (hereinafter referred to as “Customer”) located in the geographical territory comprised of the country of the Republic of Korea (hereinafter referred to as the “Territory”), subject to the restrictions set forth in the Export Controls Section of this Agreement and Schedule A, Scope of Services, as applicable.

 

2.2 Distributor hereby agrees that it shall not actively seek Customers or solicit or accept orders for Products in any geographical territory other than the authorised Territory as defined above, or in violation of the Export Controls Section of this Agreement and Schedule A, Scope of Services, as applicable. Manufacturer has the right, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to change the scope of the Territory upon providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to Distributor. Distributorhereby acknowledges and agrees that it neither has, nor shall it acquire, any vested or proprietary right or interest with respect to the Territory or Customers in the Territory.

 

2.3 By signing this Agreement, Distributor hereby accepts its appointment hereunder upon the terms and conditions specified herein.

 

3. Obligations and Responsibilities of Distributor

 

3.1 Distributor hereby agrees that it shall satisfy the following obligations and responsibilities at all times during the Term of this Agreement:

 

  (a) Distributor, and any of its employees involved in the performance of this Agreement, shall conduct themselves in a manner consistent with the high ethics, image, reputation, and credibility of Manufacturer and the Products, and shall not engage in any activities that reflect adversely on Manufacturer or the Products or could be prejudicial to Manufacturer’s goodwill or commercial interests.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 1 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

  (b) Distributor shall not engage in any unfair trade practices, nor make any false or misleading representations with respect to Manufacturer or the Products. Distributor shall refrain from communicating any information with respect to the functions, capabilities, operation, performance, use, guarantees, or warranties of the Products, except as such are expressly authorised by Manufacturer or as set forth in Manufacturer’s authorised literature or other promotional materials.
     
  (c) Distributor, in connection with this Agreement, shall describe itself in all dealings with Customers and Products and in all associated advertising, literature, and promotional materials as an authorised distributor of Manufacturer, as applicable.
     
  (d) Except as authorised by Manufacturer, Distributor shall not act in a way which incurs any liabilities on behalf of Manufacturer nor pledge the credit of Manufacturer.
     
  (e) Distributor hereby agrees to use reasonable commercial efforts to diligently promote the sale of Manufacturer’s Products in the Territory. Distributor further agrees to cooperate fully and assist Manufacturer in maximising Manufacturer’s success within the Territory.
     
  (f) Distributor shall perform the additional services delineated in Schedule A, Scope of Services (hereinafter referred to as “Services”), as applicable.
     
  (g) In the event Distributor becomes aware of any actual or potential claim of any nature relating to this Agreement against Manufacturer by any person or entity, Distributor shall promptly notify Manufacturer of same.
     
  (h) Distributor shall not take part in any dispute or commence or defend any court or other dispute resolution proceedings or settle or attempt to settle or make any admission concerning any such proceedings on Manufacturer’s behalf
     
  (i) Distributor shall bear the entire responsibility for any and all expenses incurred in connection with its business and any and all expenses, costs, and charges it incurs in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (including , but not limited to, lease holding expenses, salaries, utilities, third party services, advertising, and travel expenses), and Manufacturer shall not be obligated to pay any such expenses or to reimburse Distributor therefore.

 

4. Scope and Limitations of Distributor’s Authority

 

  (a) Distributor shall place its orders for Products with Manufacturer promptly upon receipt of corresponding orders from Customers, provided, however, that all such orders are subject to Manufacturer’s approval and acceptance, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     
  (b) Distributor agrees not to sell, advertise, market, or in any other way promote the sale of the Products and/or Services in any region or country outside of the Territory, without written approval from the Manufacturer.
     
  (c) Distributor agrees not to distribute the Products (i) by rental or by lease; (ii) in bulk for redistribution; (iii) with knowledge to be transported outside of the Territory; (iv) to other resellers or distributors; or (v) to Customers not entitled, without written approval from the Manufacturer.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 2 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(b) above, if the Territory, as defined herein, includes one or more member countries of the European Union (“EU”), Distributor shall nonetheless be entitled to accept unsolicited orders for Products and/or Services received from Customers located in other member countries within the EU that are not included in the Territory.
     
  (e) Prices, credit terms, sales programmes, and Manufacturer’s Terms and Conditions of Sale between Manufacturer and Distributor shall be those adopted by Manufacturer from time to time at its sole discretion. Distributor shall have no authority to modify any such prices, credit terms, sales programmes, or Terms and Conditions of Sale or to authorise any Customer to return the Products to Manufacturer for credit, or to obligate or bind Manufacturer in any other manner.
     
  (f) Unless expressly authorised herein, Distributor shall not enter into any agreements or contracts or make any commitments in the name of, or on behalf of, Manufacturer, or to bind Manufacturer in any respect.
     
  (g) Distributor shall not obligate or purport to obligate Manufacturer by issuing or making any warranties or guarantees with respect to the Products to any third party in excess of Manufacturer’s published warranty.
     
  (h) Distributor shall not employ, engage, or use other sales representatives, distributors, consultants, or any other third parties (hereinafter referred to as “Subcontractors”) to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Manufacturer. Notwithstanding Manufacturer’s consent to use Subcontractors, Distributor shall be fully liable and responsible for the acts and performance of its Subcontractors and for ensuring its Subcontractors fully comply with all of the obligations and requirements of this Agreement.

 

5. Prices and Payment Terms

 

5.1 Manufacturer shall sell its Products to Distributor at its established distributor prices FCA Manufacturer’s designated facility in accordance with the version oflncoterms in effect as of the date of delivery (for international shipments), as set forth in Schedule B, Prices and Payment Terms, attached hereto and incorporated by reference.

 

5.2 Unless agreed otherwise by the Parties in writing, all prices, invoices, and related transactions shall be in United States Dollars.

 

6. Export Controls

 

6.1 The ultimate shipment of orders, delivery of technical information, and provision of technical services to Distributor, Customers, and end-users is subject to the right and ability of Manufacturer to make the sales under all decrees, statutes, rules, and regulations of the Government of Canada, and, if export or re-export of the Product is contemplated, the government(s) of the country or countries of the Product’s end-user, presently in effect, or which may be in effect hereafter, which govern exports, re-exports, or otherwise pertain to export controls, including, but not limited to, the Export and Import Permits Act, the United Nations Act, the Special Economic Measures Act, the Defence Production Act, and the Criminal Code (Canada), as well as all corresponding regulations. Any order that has been accepted by Manufacturer but that cannot be fulfilled due to law or regulations shall be considered to have been rejected when submitted to Manufacturer for acceptance and, in such case, Manufacturer shall notify Distributor of same in a timely manner.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 3 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

6.2 Distributor hereby agrees that it will disclose infonnation regarding the commercial or military end-users or end-uses to Manufacturer upon request. A “military end-user” means the national anned services (anny, navy, marine, air force, or coast guard), national guard, national police, government intelligence or reconnaissance organisations, or any person or entity whose actions or function are intended to support “milita ry end-uses”. A “military end-use” means incorporation, production, development, maintenance, operation, installation, or deployment of items described on the Canadian Export Controls List (ECL).

 

6.3 Further, unless it is expressly authorised by the Trade Controls and Technical Barriers Bureau of Canada (commonly referred to as the Export and Import Controls Bureau), Distributor shall not, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, export, distribute, or otherwise dispose of Manufacturer’s Products or related technical information to any country that is listed on Canada’s Area Control List, or contrary to any sanction imposed by the Canadian Government, nor shall it make available in any manner Manufacturer’s Products or related technical information to any terrorist, terrorist group or other listed and sanctioned individual or entity against which Canada has imposed legislative measures. As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, such sanctioned, embargoed and prohibited countries or persons include: Al Qaida and the Taliban, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cote d’Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, North Korea, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, Egypt and Zimbabwe.

 

6.4 Distributor hereby agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, export, distribute, or otherwise dispose of Manufacturer’s Products or related technical information to any person, entity, organisation, or other party identified on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Denied Persons List, Entity List, or Unverified List (available at www.bis.doc.gov), U.S. Department of State’s Debarred Persons List (available at www.pmddtc.state.gov), or the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-cente/rsanctions/SDN-List/Pages/default.aspx) .

 

6.5 Distributor understands that the Canadian Government may from time to time make changes to (a) the Area Control List (Canada), (b) the United Nations Act (Canada), and (c) the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada). Similarly, the U.S. Government may from time to time make changes to (a) the list ofU.S. sanctioned, embargoed, or prohibited countries, (b) the Denied Persons List, Entity List, and Unverified List, and (c) the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. In order to fully comply at all times with its obligations under this Agreement, Distributor hereby understands and agrees that it is at all times responsible for identifying and complying with any and all such changes.

 

6.6 If Manufacturer’s Products is subject to Canada’s Controlled Goods Program, and Distributor requires access to such Product or related technical information within Canada, Distributor must comply with the requirements of the Controlled Goods Program, as outlined in Canada’s Defence Production Act and the related Controlled Goods Regulations including, but not limited to, undertaking what is required to either register or qualify for an exemption under the foregoing legislation. In addition, Distributor hereby agrees to obtain the requisite authorisation under the foregoing legislation, and acknowledges and undertakes to comply with all legal requirements regarding sharing, showing, transferring or otherwise disseminating or disposing of any of Manufacturer’s Products or related technical information that is controlled by the Defence Production Act.

 

6.7 The Products may not be sold in connection with any Canadian or U.S. Government Foreign Military Sales (FMS) or Foreign Military Finance (FMF) transactions.

 

7. Compliance with Law

 

7.1 Distributor hereby covenants that all of its activities under or pursuant to this Agreement do and shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Distributor represents and warrants to Manufacturer that it is, and shall be at all times during the Tenn of this Agreement, registered as an agent with all applicable government authorities if such registration is required in the Territory or jurisdiction of Distributor’s principal place of business. The Parties agree that in addition to any required governmental approval, approval of this Agreement may be required by some or all of the Customers and that the disclosure of this Agreement may be appropriate even though approval is not required. As such, either Party may disclose all or any part of this Agreement to third parties under the circumstances described in this Section.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 4 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

8. FCPA, CFPOA, and No Corrupt Practices

 

8.1 Distributor hereby warrants and represents to Manufacturer that it does and shall comply with the provisions of the U.S. Government’s Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“ FCPA”)(15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.), the provisions of the Canadian Government’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (“CFPOA”), and any equivalent anti-corruption laws, regulations, or statutes in the Territory and in the jurisdiction of Distributor’s place ofbusiness.

 

8.2 Distributor hereby warrants and represents to Manufacturer that no portion of any monies paid or payable to Distributor in connection with this Agreement shall, directly or indirectly, whether in cash or in kind, be paid, received, transferred, loaned, offered, promised, or furnished (hereinafter collectively described as “paid”):

 

  (a) to or for the use of any officer or employee of any government or any department, agency, instrumentality, corporation, or any entity controlled thereby, or any political party or official of a political party, or any candidate for a political office, or any person acting for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any person or firm who has paid or will pay any portion thereof to any of the foregoing, for the purpose of improperly obtaining or retaining business, or obtaining any improper advantage for or with, or directing business to, any person or entity; or
     
  (b) to or for the use or benefit of any officer or employee of any government or any department, agency, instrumentality, corporation, or any entity controlled thereby for the purpose of facilitating the performance of duties of a non-discretionary nature, including, but not limited to, processing applications and papers, issuing permits, and other actions of an official, in order to expedite the performance of such duties (commonly referred to as “grease payments” or “facilitation payments”), even if such payments are of a nominal value or considered customary, routine, or arguably permitted under the FCPA or CFPOA, or
     
  (c) to or for the use or benefit of any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity, or any officer or employee thereof, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person or entity; or
     
  (d) in any other manner which violates the tax, currency, exchange, commercial bribe1y, or other laws, statutes, and regulations within the jurisdiction of the United States of America, Canada, the Distributor’s principal place of business, or the Territory.

 

8.3 Distributor must maintain complete and accurate records of all payments of any kind made by Distributor from or with respect to commissions, service fees, or other payments. Distributor must also maintain records reflecting payments, and their disposition, received from Manufacturer. Distributor acknowledges that the records shall be subject to inspection and audit by Manufacturer at any time upon Manufacturer’s request.

 

8.4 Distributor is required to complete an on-demandanti-bribery compliance training hosted by TRACE Anti-Bribery Compliance Solutions. The training will also prompt the Distributor to certify compliance with Teledyne Technologies Incorporated’s “ Ethics Code of Conduct for Service Providers ” and “ Anti Corruption Summary ” booklets. By signing this Agreement, Distributor certifies that Distributor and its personnel having any responsibility for implementation or performance under this Agreement have read and understand the contents of the booklets and shall comply with the standards set f01th therein.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 5 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

9. Relationship with Government Controlled Entities

 

9.1 Distributor must notify Manufacturer in a timely manner if any principal officers, owners, or close family members of Distributor currently serve in or represent, or begin to serve in or represent during the Term of this Agreement, any government controlled entities in the Territory, Canada, or the United States of America.

 

10. Trademarks, Service Marks, and Tradenames

 

10.1 The term “Trademarks” as used in this Agreement means Manufacturer’s trademarks, logos, service marks, tradenames, or any names closely resembling same.

 

10.2 Distributor hereby agrees that it shall not, without the prior express written authorisation of Manufacturer, use Manufacturer’s Trademarks (a) as part of Distributor’s corporate or business name, or in any manner Manufacturer, in its sole discretion, may consider misleading or otherwise objectionable; or (b) on its business cards, letterhead, or any other materials it creates or uses (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Materials”).

 

10.3 All requests for such usage must be accompanied with a sample of the Materials reflecting the specific Trademark or company name to be used as well as all other content to be included on the Materials. Any Materials that include Manufacturer’s Trademarks or company names must include a statement that properly characterises the role of Distributor as an independent distributor for Manufacturer’s Products. Any such Materials may not imply or otherwise give the appearance that Distributor is an employee or affiliate of Manufacturer.

 

10.4 Distributor may, during the Term of this Agreement, use Manufacturer’s Trademarks on a non-exclusive basis, solely for display or advertising purposes in connection with the solicitation of orders for the Products. In such event Distributor hereby agrees to:

 

  (a) only use Manufacturer’s Trademarks in compliance with all relevant Jaws and regulations of and within the United States of America, Canada, and the jurisdiction of Distributor’s principal place of business;
     
  (b) accord Manufacturer the right to inspect Distributor’s facilities used in connection with efforts to solicit orders for the Products in the Territory during normal business hours, with prior notice, to confirm that Distributor’s use of the Trademarks is in compliance with this Agreement;
     
  (c) not modify any of the Trademarks in any way and not use any of the Trademarks in connection with or on any goods or services other than the Products;
     
  (d) not infringe any Trademarks of Manufacturer or any of its affiliates by unauthorised use, either alone or in combination with other marks or names;
     
  (e) not adopt or use, or register as its own trademarks in any jurisdiction, any words, phrases, portions, combinations, foreign language equivalents, or similar variations of any Trademarks of Manufacturer or any of its affiliates;
     
  (f) not use Manufacturer’s Trademarks or the word “Teledyne” or “CARIS” in any of its Internet domain names;
     
  (g) not jeopardise Manufacturer’s or its affiliates’ rights and/or goodwill associated with the Trademarks;

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 6 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

  (h) not acquire or claim any independent right, title, or interest in any Trademarks of Manufacturer or any of its affiliatesunless expressly conveyed in writing by Manufacturer; and
     
  (i) not contest the rights of Manufacturer and its affiliates in any of their respective Trademarks or assist or encourage any other third party to do so.

 

10.5 The Distributor shall not alter or remove any of the Manufacturer’s Trademarks applied to the Products, documentation, or any other material. At no time during or after the terms of this Agreement, shall the Distributor challenge or assist others to change the Manufacturer’s Trademark, or the registration thereof, or attempt to register any trademarks, marks or trade names anywhere in the world confusingly similar to those of the Manufacturer.

 

10.6 If Manufacturer has a good faith reason to believe that Distributor is not complying with the requirements of this Section, Manufacturer may suspend Distributor’s right to use the Trademarks until Distributor has given Manufacturer adequate assurances that it has taken protective measures and that it shall thereafter comply with the requirements of this Section. Distributor’s noncompliance with the requirements of this Section constitutes a material breach of this Agreement for purposes of possible termination by Manufacturer.

 

10.7 Distributor must promptly notify Manufacturer in writing of any possible infringement of the Trademarks, including infringement by any third party, or any disputes relating to or arising out of the Trademarks, as soon as Distributor becomes aware of them. Distributor shall further cooperate and render reasonable assistance to Manufacturer for the protection of the Trademarks, including, but not limited to, executing and filing user agreements as requested by Manufacturer from time to time.

 

10.8 Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Distributor:

 

  (a) has no further rights to use the Trademarks in any manner;
     
  (b) must immediately cease and desist further use of the Trademarks;
     
  (c) must not adopt or use any Trademark or any portions, combinations, foreign language equivalents, or similar variations of the Trademarks which are confusingly similar thereto;
     
  (d) shall take any steps or acts requested by Manufacturer for establishing that Distributor has no further rights in any of the Trademarks; and
     
  (e) shall continue to be bound by the provisions of this Section.

 

11. Confidential and Proprietary Information

 

11.1 Each Party (the “Receiving Party”) shall keep confidential and not directly or indirectly disclose to any third party any ConfidentialInformation, as defined herein, furnished to it by the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) in connec tion with this Agreement without the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent. “Confidential Information” as used herein includes , but is not limited to, business, financial, statistical, and commercial information, technical data and information, formulae, analyses, trade secrets, ideas, methods, processes, know how, computer programmes, designs, data sheets, schematics, configurations, and drawings. Confidential Information does not include information that:

 

  (a) is or becomes generally available in the public domain without Receiving Party’s breach of this Agreement;

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 7 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

 

  (b) is or becomes available to Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Disclosing Party when such source is not, to the best of Receiving Party’s knowledge, subject to a confidentiality obligation with Disclosing Party;
     
  (c) was known to or contained in the records of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure and can be so demonstrated by Receiving Party with written evidence;
     
  (d) was independently developed by Receiving Party without reference to the Confidential Information, and Receiving Party can verify development of such information by written documentation; or
     
  (e) must be disclosed pursuant to court order or as otherwise compelled by applicable law.

 

11.2 Receiving Party may disclose Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only to those of its employees that (i) have been informed of the confidentiality obligations hereunder, and (ii) have a specific need to know in order to perform their duties under this Agreement. Receiving Party and its employees may not use Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than in connection with its obligations and duties under this Agreement. Each Party is responsible and liable for any material breach of this Section by its employees.

 

11.3 Receiving Party shall return to Disclosing Party, at its sole expense, all Confidential Information as soon as practicable after the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement. All Confidential Information remains the exclusive property of Disclosing Party during the Term of this Agreement and thereafter.

 

11.4 Receiving Party’s obligations with respect to the use, nondisclosure, and protection of Confidential Information received from Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and continue for a period often (10) years from the later of (i) the date of expiration of this Agreement, or (ii) the date of terminationof this Agreement, or such other period as the Parties may agree.

 

11.5 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement are deemed to be Confidential Information.

 

12. Publicity

 

12.l Distributor shall obtain Manufacturer’s prior written consent before using in any manner any literature, business cards, letterhead, advertising, and any similar materials that identify or refer to Manufacturer or the Products or that use in any manner Manufacturer’s Trademarks as defined herein. Distributor hereby agrees that any publicity or advertising that it desires to release in which Manufacturer is identified in connection with the Products shall be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and with information and data Manufacturer has furnished in connection with this Agreement. Copies of all publicity and advertising developed and/or used by Distributor shall be forwarded promptly to Manufacturer.

 

13. Force Majeure

 

13.1 Any delay or failure of either Party (hereinafter referred to in this Section as the “Affected Party”) to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall be excused if such delay or failure is the result of an unforeseeable event or occurrence beyond the reasonable control of the Affected Party and without its fault or negligence, including, but not limited to, acts of God, actions by any governmental authority (whether valid or invalid), fires, floods, windstorms, explosions, riots, natural disasters, wars, sabotage, labour problems (including lockouts, strikes, and slowdowns), inability to obtain power, utilities, material, labour, equipment, or transportation, or court injunction or order (each hereinafter referred to as a “Force Majeure Event”). In such event, the Affected Party shall notify the other Party (hereinafter referred to in this Section as the “ Other Party”) in writing as soon as possible but in no event more than five (5) days after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event. Such notice shall specify the cause, nature, effects, and anticipated duration of the Force Majeure Event.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 8 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

13.2 In the event of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall (a) suspend performance only to the extent, and only for the period of time, reasonably necessary as a result of the Force Majeure Event, and (b) use reasonable commercial efforts to resume its performance as promptly as possible.

 

13.3 Upon cessation of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall promptly resume its performance under this Agreement and, if mutually agreed by the Parties in writing, the Term of this Agreement shall be extended for a period not to exceed the lesser of (a) the duration of the Force Majeure Event, or (b) ninety (90) days; provided however, that the Other Party may terminate this Agreement if the Affected Party’s delay or inability to perform its obligations under this Agreement continues for more than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event.

 

13.4 Notwithstanding the above, neither Party is relieved of any liability for any delay or failure to perform its defence obligations with respect to third party intellectual property rights.

 

14. Indemnification

 

14.l Distributor shall indemnify, protect, and save Manufacturer, Manufacturer’s subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors, and employees (hereinafter referred to as the “Manufacturer Indemnitees”) harmless from all liabilities, costs, expenses, claims, demands, suits, or actions, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in connection therewith, which may be asserted against Manufacturer Indemnitees for any kind of damage, including, but not limited to, damage or injury to property or persons which may be sustained by any third party or any Manufacturer Indemnitees occurring out of, or incident to, the conduct of Distributor’s performance under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any independent representations of Distributor.

 

14.2 To the extent permitted by law, Distributor, for itself and on behalf of its officers, directors, and employees, hereby waives any rights that may be granted to it or to them under the laws and regulations of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, Canada or of any jurisdiction(s) within Distributor’s principal place of business or otherwise which are inconsistentwith the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Distributor hereby indemnifies and holds Manufacturer harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, and liabilities whatsoever asserted by any officer, director, employee, or representative of Distributor under any applicable termination, labour,social security, or other similar laws or regulations of any jurisdiction.

 

15. Limitation of Liability

 

15.1 Notwithstanding any other Section or provision of this Agreement, under no circumstances sha ll either Party be liable for any consequential, special, incidental, indirect, multiple, administrative, or punitive damages, or any damages of an indirect or consequential nature arising out of or related to its performance under this Agreement, whether based upon breach of this Agreement, warranty, or negligence, and whether grounded in tort, contract, civil law, or other theories ofliability, including strict liability, even if advised in advance of the possibility of such damages.

 

15.2 Manufacturer’s total liability, including, but not limited to, its liability for indemnity, defence, and hold harmless obligations under this Agreement, is limited to no more than the amount paid by Distributor to Manufacturer against Distributor’s or Customer’s order under which such claim arises. To the extent that this limitation of liability conflicts with any other Section or provision of this Agreement, such Section or provision shall be regarded as amended to whatever extent required to make such Section or provision consistent with this Section.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 9 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

16. Termination

 

16.1 This Agreement automatically terminates immediately in the event either Party (a) files, or has filed against it, an application in bankruptcy, (b) has a receiver appointed, or (c) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

16.2 Manufacturer, at its sole discretion, may terminate this Agreement immediately in the event Distributor:

 

  (a) fails to comply with its obligations under the Trademarks, Service Marks, and Tradenames Section of this Agreement;
     
  (b) fails to comply with its obligations under the Confidential and Proprietary Information Section of this Agreement;
     
  (c) fails to meet its minimum purchases requirements (if applicable) under this Agreement;
     
  (d) fails to conduct itself in a manner consistent with the high image, reputation, and credibility of Manufacturer and the Products or engages in any activities that reflect adversely on Manufacturer or the Products;
     
  (e) engages in any unfair trade practices with respect to Manufacturer or the Products, makes any false or misleading representations with respect to Manufacturer or the Products, or violates any applicable laws, rules, and regulations;
     
  (f) is identified on the (a) U.S. Department of Commerce’s Denied Persons List, Entity List, or Unverified List, (b) the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, or (c) the U.S. Department of State’s Debarred Persons List; or
     
  (g) makes or undergoes any significant changes to the status of any of Distributor’s key principals or employees involved in the performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, termination of employment, suspension, or reassignment, and any such changes that are reasonably determined by Manufacturer to not be in its best interests .

 

16.3 This Agreement may be terminated by either Party to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Terminating Party”) if:

 

  (a) the Terminating Party is not itself in material breach or default of this Agreement; and
     
  (b) the other Party (hereinafter referred to as the “Breaching Party”) materially breaches any material term or condition, or defaults in the performance, of this Agreement, or breaches any covenant or warranty made by it in this Agreement and the material breach or default remains uncured for a period often (10) calendar days after written notice to cure such material breach or default is provided by the Terminating Party to the Breaching Party pursuant to this Section.

 

16.4 Either Party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement at any time and without cause upon giving the other Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination.

     

16.5 Unless expressly agreed otherwise in this Agreement, in the event of expiration or termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section, Manufacturer has no obligation to Distributor, or to any employee of Distributor, for compensation or for damages of any kind, including , but not limited to, the loss by Distributor of present or prospective sales, investments, profits, compensation, or goodwill.

      

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 10 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

   

16.6 Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall:

 

  (a) immediately and forever thereafter cease to promote, market, advertise, solicit, or accept orders for Manufacturer or Manufacturer’s Products;
     
  (b) not represent in any manner that it is a distributor or is otherwise associated with Manufacturer or Manufacturer’s Products in any capacity or manner;
     
  (c) return or cause to be returned to Manufacturer, upon Manufacturer’s written instructions, any and all demonstration products, sales promotion materials, and other materials which are the property of Manufacturer and which have not been expended or consumed in connection with Distributor’s performance under this Agreement; and
     
  (d) provide Manufacturer, within ten (10) days after expiration or termination of this Agreement, a list of active quotations, proposals, and pending sales (hereinafter referred to as the “List of Pending Orders”).

 

16.7 In the event Distributor has any unsold inventory of Manufacturer’s Products on hand as of the date of termination of this Agreement, Manufacturer, in its sole discretion, shall either:

 

  (a) authorise Distributor to continue soliciting and accepting orders for such Products after the termination of this Agreement until such inventory is depleted, or
     
  (b) authorise Distributor to return such Products to Manufacturer, in which case Manufacturer shall refund to Distributor the original purchase price of such Products, provided such Products are in a new, undamaged, and saleable condition.

 

16.8 Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not affect any rights or liabilities accrued at the date of termination.

 

17. Terms and Conditions of Sale

 

17.1 Manufacturer’s Terms and Conditions of Sale, as provided and available on Manufacturer’s Internet Website, shall apply to all quotations and proposals made to, and all orders placed by, Distributor. Manufacturer’s acceptance of any and all orders placed by Distributor, and any changes or amendments thereto, is expressly conditioned upon Distributor’s assent to these terms and conditions. Unless expressly agreed to in writing by a duly authorised representative of Manufacturer, Manufacturer objects to, and shall not be bound by, any terms or conditions that differ from or add to Manufacturer’s Terms and Conditions of Sale. In the event that Manufacturer modifies its Terms and Conditions of Sale, the revision in effect at the time of order placement shall apply. The Internet address of Manufacturer’s Internet Website as well as the location of Manufacturer’s Terms and Conditions of Sale is delineated on Schedule C, Notices , attached hereto and incorporated by reference.

 

18. Governing Law

 

18.1 This Agreement is written and construed in the English language and its interpretation in any judicial or arbitration proceedings shall be in accordance with the meaning of the words and phrases in Canada, and performance of the Parties is construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the Province of New Brunswick, Canada, excepting its laws and rules relating to conflict of law. Neither (a) the United Nations Convention on Contracts.for the International Sale of Goods, (b) the 1974 Convention on the Limitation Period in Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (hereinafter referred to as the”1974 Convention”), nor (c) the Protocol Amending the 1974 Convention done at Vienna, Austria, on April 11, 1980, apply in any manner to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 11 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

19. Disputes and Arbitration

 

19.1 The Parties shall attempt to resolve any dispute, controversy, or claim arising under or relating to this Agreement, including its interpretation, perfo1mance, or termination. If the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute, either Party may refer the dispute to arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and in accordance with the ADRIC Arbitration Rules of the ADR Institute of Canada, Inc., which shall administer the arbitration and act as appointing authority. The arbitration, including the rendering of the decision and/or award, shall take place in Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada, and shall be the exclusive forum for resolving the dispute, controversy, or claim. The arbitrator shall make the final determination as to any discovery disputes between the Parties. Examination of witnesses by the Parties and by the arbitrator shall be permitted. A written transcript of the hearing shall be made and furnished to the Parties. The cost of this transcript shall be borne equally by the Parties. The award and/or decision of the arbitrator shall (a) state the reasons upon which the award is based and (b) shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The expense of the arbitration, including, but not limited to, the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing Party, shall be paid as the arbitrator determines. Both Parties waive their right to any appeal under any system of law. The award shall be enforceable before any court of competent jurisdiction upon the application to such court by either Party. The arbitrator shall be instructed

that no award may be made of consequential, punitive or multiple damages.

 

19.2 Distributor consents to the operation of this Section and irrevocably waives its sovereign immunity from all actions or proceedings in connection with any arbitration or post-arbitral enforcement.

 

20. Relationship of the Parties

 

20.1 Manufacturer and Distributor are independent contractors. The relationship between Manufacturer and Distributor is neither that of employer and employee nor does this Agreement intend or deem to establish any partnership or joint venture of any kind.

 

21. Modifications to Agreement

 

21.1 Except where Manufacturer has the unilateral right to make changes to this Agreement as specified herein, no modification or change may be made to this Agreement except by written instrument signed by duly authorised representatives of Manufacturer and Distributor.

 

22. Notices

 

22.1 All notices givenunder this Agreement shall be in writing addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses as set forth in Schedule C, Notices . All notices, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given or made shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by prepaid mail, facsimile, cable, email, or courier addressed to the intended recipient at its address or at its electronic address. Regardless of the method of transmittal, the sending Party is responsible for obtaining a return receipt for the notice, demand, or communication.

 

22.2 Either Party may change its address or its facsimile number for purposes of this Agreement by giving the other Party written notice of its new address.

 

23. Assignment

 

23.1 This Agreement may not be assigned, delegated, sublicensed, or transferred, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by either Party, without the written consent of the other Party, and any attempted assignment, delegation, sublicense, or transfer without such written consent is void and of no effect, provided, however, that consent is not required with respect to any assignment, delegation, sublicense, or transfer of this Agreement or the rights of Manufacturer to Teledyne Technologies Incorporated or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates or to any purchaser of all, or substantially all, of Manufacturer’s assets. This Agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the permitted successors and assigns of Manufacturer and Distributor.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 12 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

24. Waiver

 

24.1 None of the terms, conditions, or provisions of this Agreement shall be waived by any act or knowledge on the part of either Party, except by an instrument in writing signed by a duly authorised representative of the Party entitled to the benefit of the term, condition, or provision. Further, the waiver by either Party of any right hereunder or the failure to enforce at any time any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any rights with respect thereto,is not a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other rights or of any material breach or failure of perfonnance of the other Party.

 

25. Severability

 

25.1 If any tenn, condition, or provision of this Agreement is invalid, ineffective, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

 

26. No Rights by Implication

 

26.1 This Agreement grants no rights or licenses with respect to Manufacturer’s Products or Trademarks other than those rights or licenses expressly granted in this Agreement.

 

27. Order of Precedence

 

27.l In the event of a conflict between the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Agreement and the terms, conditions, and provisions of Manufacturer’s End User License Agreement and/or Manufacturer’s Terms and Conditions of Sale, the following order of precedence shall apply:

 

  (a) This Agreement;
     
  (b) Manufacturer’s End User License Agreement; and
     
  (c) Manufacturer’ s Terms and Conditions of Sale.

 

28. Parties to Agreement

 

28.1 The Parties to this Agreement are Manufacturer and Distributor, and unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, no other persons, parties, or entities have any rights or receive any benefits under it, including pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, except where such rights are expressly granted by Sections 6, 12, 13, 20 and 25, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists, or is available, apart from that Act. Manufacturer is an independently functioning subsidia ry, affiliate, or operational business unit of Teledyne Technologies Incorporated. The other subsidiaries, affiliates, and business units of Teledyne Technologies Incorporated are not parties to this Agreement, have no obligations or duties under this Agreement, and are unrelated third parties for all purposes.

 

29. Schedules

 

29.1 All Schedules referred to herein are expressly made a part of this Agreement.

 

30. Headings

 

30.1 The headings used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretationthereof .

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 13 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

31. Survival

 

31.1 Any Section or provision of this Agreement which contemplates performance or observance subsequent to any termination or expiration of this Agreement, or which by its nature should survive, shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and continue in full force and effect.

 

32. Counterparts

 

32.1 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which is an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

33. Entire Agreement

 

33.1 This Agreement supersedes and cancels any previous agreements or understandings, whether oral, written, or implied, and sets forth the entire agreement between Manufacturer and Distributor with respect to its subject matter. In the event of any discrepancy between this Agreement and any order solicited by Distributor, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

 

(signature page follows)

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 14 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 15 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

SCHEDULE A-

 

SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

1. Products

 

Distributor is hereby authorised to sell the following Manufacturer’ s Products in the Territory pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

  Teledyne CARIS, Inc. Commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) Software Licenses. A Software License includes all or any portion of the computer software produced by Teledyne CARIS, Inc., associated codes, technology and hardware supporting documentation and other related materials); and
     
  Teledyne CARIS, Inc. Subscription Program; and
     
  Teledyne CARIS, Inc. Professional Services, including but not limited to training and consultancy.
     
  All software license sales are subject to the terms and conditions of Manufacturer’s End User License Agreement which can be found at www.teledynecaris.com/eula.

 

2. Distributor Limitations

 

Distributor is prohibited from selling any of Manufacturer’s Products not specifically authorised above. Manufacturer reserves the right to sell the aforementioned Products directly to Customers in the Territory.

 

Distributor is not authorized to provide training for Customers. Manufacturer shall conduct all training for Customers. Training material shall only be provided to Customers that have purchased authorized training.

 

Distributor is not authorized to provide technical support on the Products. Manufacturer will provide support to Customers that have purchased a Subscription Program. This includes Product updates.

 

In addition, Manufacturer may contact Customers directly to ensure satisfaction with the Products.

 

Under no circumstances shall Distributor or any Customer duplicate or reproduce the Product into any medium, nor shall Distributor or any Customer copy loan, sell, or otherwise share Manufacturer’s intellectual property with any third party.

 

3. Reports

 

Distributor shall keep Manufacturer informed as to competitive and economic conditions within the Territory that may affect the marketing or sales ofManufacturer’s Products. If requested by Manufacturer, Distributor shall provide Manufacturer with timely written reports on relevant matters such as Customer contacts, business trends, production planning of prospective Customers in the Territory, market forecasts, details of sales indicating Customer names, locations, part numbers, quantities, unit prices, trends and developments of competitive products, competitive companies, new products and techniques, and other information on developments within Distributor’s sales and marketing network.

 

Such reports shall be furnished by Distributor at no cost to Manufacturer, and shall become and remain the property of Manufacturer.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 16 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

Distributor shall keep full, clear and accurate records of the number of copies of the Products provided to Customers or used by the Distributor internally, the identity and location of each Customer to whom the Products are provided by the Distributor and such other matters as the Manufacturer may reasonably request, and shall provide such records to Manufacturer may request.

 

4. Covenant Not to Compete

 

Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Manufacturer, Distributor, during the Term of this Agreement, shall not, directly or indirectly design or manufacture any products which compete or potentially compete with Manufacturer’s Products covered by this Agreement.

 

Products with similar features and functions to those of Manufacturer’s Products are considered to be competing products.

 

Distributor shall give priority to the sale of the Products over those in competition with the Manufacturer. If Distributor cannot fulfill the requirementsof a legallybinding Customer contract using the Products, Distributor shall inform the Manufacturer in writing.

 

5. Distributor Training

 

Distributor must be trained and up-to-date on the Products to be sold by Distributor. Distributor must be knowledgeable with respect to the functions, capabilities, operation, performance, and use of Manufacturer’s Products.

 

For standard training course held at Manufacturer’s offices, the Manufacturer will provide training to the Distributor’s personnel at no fee. Specialized training tailored for the Distributor, or training attended by the Distributor at other locations,will be provided at the regular training rates, to cover the cost of the training personnel. In all cases, the Distributor is responsible for travel and living expenses.

 

6. Product Changes

 

Manufacturer shall endeavour to keep Distributor informed regarding any changes to the Products, and shall provide updates to new Product enhancements and modifications.

 

7. Demonstration Products

 

Manufacturer may, at its sole discretion, require Distributor to purchase certain Products for the purpose of providing demonstrations to Customers (hereinafter referred to as the “Demonstration Products”). The Demonstration Products, at the sole option and discretion of Manufacturer, may be purchased by Distributor at specially discounted prices and/or on extended payment terms, or provided to Distributor at no cost.

 

For the Term of this Agreement, Manufacturer shall provide the following Demonstration Product to Distributor at no cost:

 

License #CK.9607012: Teledyne CARIS Software: BASE Editor, HIPS and SIPS Professional, HPD Server, HPD Source Editor, HPD Product Editor, HPD Paper Chart Editor, Paper Chart Composer and S- 57 Composer

 

Distributor shall use the latest available versionof this Demonstration Product for marketing and sales demonstration purposes only. Distributoris able to download software updates from the Manufacturer’s website during the term of this agreement.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 17 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

Risk of loss or damage to Demonstration Products leased or loaned to Distributo r by Manufacturer shall remain with Distributor while the Demonstration Products are in the possession or custody of Distributor. Distributor shall ensure that such Demonstration Products are insured against theft, damage, and loss and properly cared for and maintained. Such Demonstration Products shall only be shown to Customers in full working condition.

 

The sale of any Demonstration Products to Customers is subject to the prior written consent of Manufacturer.

 

Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall promptly return all Demonstration Products previously furnished by Manufacturer to Distributor on a leased, loaned, or no-cost basis, without retaining copies.

 

Demonstration Products may not be retained by Distributor as settlement or partial settlement of any claim by Distributor against Manufacturer or as an offset against any payments due.

 

8. Sales Promotion Materials and Assistance

 

To the extent available, Manufacturer shall provide Distributor appropriate quantities of Product catalogues, brochures, maintenance manuals, and other descriptive literature (hereinafter referred to as “Sales Promotion Materials”) subject to applicable export controls and authorisation. Unless otherwise agreed, such Sales Promotion Materials shall be in the English language. Distributor shall not, without the prior written authorization of the Manufacturer, prepare, alter, use or distribute any Sales Promotion Materials obtained from any other source other than Manufacturer for the purpose of promoting the Products.

 

9. Product and Technical Documents

 

Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, all Product and technical information provided by Manufacturer to Distributor and/or Customers, including, but not limited to, technical manuals, maintenance manuals and documentation, specifications, drawings, and software documentation, shall be in the English language. Any translations into languages other than English shall be at Distributor’s sole expense and shall be subject to the prior approval of Manufacturer. Distributor shall be solely responsible for the accuracy of any translations. Manufacturer may, at its sole discretion, require Distributor to submit a certificate of translation accuracy prepared by a qualified professional translation service. In the event Manufacturer becomes aware of any material inaccuracies in the translation, Distributor shall make corrections as directed by Manufacturer.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 18 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

SCHEDULER

 

PR I CES AND PAYMENT TERMS

 

 

1. Prices

 

The prices to be charged by Manufacturer to Distributor for Products will follow the Manufacturer’s list pnce.

 

Distributorwill receive a 30% discount off the list price for Software License sales and 30% discount off the list price for Subscription Program sales made in the Territory.

 

After the first year of this agreement the discount for the second year of this Agreement can be revised and will be determined based on the net sales (i.e. sales amounts after discounts) of the first year of this Agreement.

 

Net Sales in first year of this Agreement   Discount for Products in the second year of this Agreement
< $50, 000 USD   15%
$50,000 - $150,000 USD   20%
$150,001 - $200,000 USD   25%
> $200,001   30%

 

The discount will not be offered by Manufacturer to Distributor on the sales made on Professional Services.

 

The discount will not be offered on Product sales made directly by Manufacturer in the Territory.

 

Distributor shall provide Manufacturer with the contact names and addresses for those Customers or third parties to whom the Distributor is proposing a sale. Distributor will request a quotation from the Manufacturer for each sale opportunity that the Distributor is pursuing. The Manufacturer’s quote will be for the list price less the above mentioned discount. Distributor will not mark up the price of the Products and services above the Manufacturer’s list price.

 

The Manufacturer may cancel any accepted orders or refuse or delay shipment of any orders if the Distributor becomes delinquent in payment of its obligations or fails to meet any credit, financia l or other obligation arising under this Agreement. Refusal or cancellation of any order or the withholding of shipments shall not constitute a termination or breach of this Agreement.

 

Manufacturer may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, change its price lists.

 

2. Payment Terms

 

The terms of payment are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice, payable in United States Dollars by wire transfer to the bank or account that Manufacturer from time to time designates in writing (hereinafter referred to as the “Manufacturer’s Account”). Amounts are considered to be paid as of the day on which funds are received in Manufacturer’s Account. All amounts due to Manufacturer but not paid by Distributor on the due date bear interest payable in United States Dollars at a rate that is equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) per annum above the prime interest rate announced from time to time by the financial institution which maintains Manufacturer’s Account, or (ii) the maximum interest rate permitted under applicable law. Interest accrues on the balance of unpaid amounts from the date on which portions of those amounts become due until payment in full.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 19 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

All sums payable under this Agreement are exclusive of any value added tax chargeable under the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any similar replacement or additional tax or other applicable sales tax, (hereinafter referred to as “VAT”) which shall be added to the sum in question. A VAT invoice shall be provided against any payment.

 

3. Offset

 

Manufacturer may offset any amounts due Distributor under this Agreement against any amounts owed Manufacturer by Distributor at any time, including in the event Distributor files or has filed against it an application in bankruptcy, a receiver is appointed for Distributor, Distributor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or Distributor discontinues its business operations.

 

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 20 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

NOTICES

 

Notices and other communications shall be sent to the following addresses and numbers of the Parties:

 

If to Distributor: e-Marine Co., Ltd.
  #711, Daemyung Valeon, 127, Beobwon-ro, Songpa-gu,
  Seoul, 05836, Republic of Korea
  Telephone: +82 (0)70 7204 9345
  Facsimile: +82 (0)2 2266 9666
  Email: peter-kim@emarine.co.kr
     
If to Manufacturer: Teledyne CAR.IS, Inc.
  115 Waggoners Lane
  Fredericton New Brunswick E3B 2L4 Canada
  Attention: Contracts and Compliance
  Telephone: 1-506 -458-8533
  Facsimile: l -506-459-3849
  Email: caris-info@teledyne.com

 

Manufacturer Internet Website: www.teledynecaris.com
Manufacturer Terms and Conditions of Sale: www.teledynecaris.co m/terms-and-conditions/
With a copy to: Teledyne Technologies Incorporated 1049 Camino Dos Rios
  Thousand Oaks, CA 91360-2362
  Attention: Vice President and Chief ComplianceOfficer
  Telephone: (805) 373-4168
  Facsimile: (805) 373-4163

© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated Page 21 of 21  Form D-1-Canada (No US Sales), Revision 6-Sep-2016

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

 

DISTRIBUTORSHIPAGREEMENT FOR

ADMIRALTY NAVIGATIONAL AND OTHER

RELATED PRODUCTS

 

 

 

Page 1 of 21 

 

 

AN AGREEMENT made this 10th day of August 2005 BETWEEN

 

(1) The Chief Executive United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, and National Hydrographer (hereinafter called ‘‘UKHO”) for and on behalf of the Secretary of State for Defence,
   
(2) and e-MLX Co., Ltd of Ssangyong Research No. 2 Lab Sinseong-Dong100, Yuseong-Gu, Daejeon 305-804, Korea (hereinafter called “the Distnbutor”).

 

Together “the Parties”

 

WHEREAS:

 

UKHO wishes to appoint a number of distributors of its world-wide series of paper charts, nautical publications, and digital products and other related products for which UK.HO acts as a wholesaler/distributor(Schedule 1, C refers).

 

The Distributor has applied to become an Admiralty Distributor of ASD (“ the Product Group(s)”).

 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

In this Agreement;

 

“Admiralty Distributor” shall mean a distributor of the Product Group(s) above.

 

“Agreement” means the whole of the. foll owing terms, Schedule 1 and Schedule 2.

 

“Distributor” means the party appointed by UKHO under the terms of this Agreement to supply the Product Group(s) to Customers.

 

“Operating Location(s)” means any location(s) used by the Distributor(s) to stock and supply the Product Group(s) to Customers.

 

“Sub-Distributor” means the party appointed and provisioned by the Distributor to stock and supply the Product Group(s) to Customers on the Distributors behalf.

 

“IACA” means an International Admiralty Chart Agent. This is the category of Distributor supplying SOLAS paper and digital products and offering the full range of ASP&D under the terms of this Agreement. This category of Distributor may also supply Admiralty Leisure products (AL) and other related products that are not produced by UKHO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distnbutor (NonAP&D} under the terms of this Agreement.

 

“ACA(P)” means Admiralty Chart Agent (Paper). This is the category of Distributor offering only ASP under the terms of this Agreement. This category of Distributor may also supply Admiralty Leisure products (AL) and other related paper products that are not produced by UKHO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distributor (NonAP) under the terms of this Agreement.

 

“ADD” means Admiralty Digital Distributor. This is the category of Distributor offering only ASD under the terms of this Agreement. This category of Distributor may also supply Admiralty Leisure products (AL) and other related digital products that are not produced by UKHO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distributor (NonAD) under the terms of this Agreement.

 

“ACA(W)” means Admiralty Chart Agent (Wholesale). This is the category of Distributor that acts as a wholesaler for Admiralty Leisure products, and supplies other distributors and multiple retail outlets.

 

“ASP” means the Product Group comprising Admiralty SOLAS paper products.

 

Page 2 of 21 

 

 

“ASD” means the Product Group comprising Admiralty SOLAS digital products which for the purpose of this agreement includes ARCS Skipper.

 

“ASP&D” means the complete range of SOLAS paper and digital products i.e. ASP and ASD, produced by or on behalf ofUKHO as listed in the Admiralty catalogue of Products (NP131).

 

“AL” means Admiralty Leisure products, the range of Admiralty products designed primarily for non SOLAS applications.

 

“NonAP&D” means the Product Group comprising products that are not produced by UK.HO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distributor.

 

“NonAP” means the Product Group comprising paper products that are not produced by UKHO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distnbutor.

 

“NonAD” means the Product Group comprising digital products that are not produced by UKHO but for which UKHO acts in the capacity of wholesaler/distributor.

 

“Admiralty Distributors Handbook” means the material issued by UKHO which contains procedural information to assist the Distributor to properly discharge his responsibilities under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be the entire agreement between the Parties and the Admiralty Distributors Handbook, which may be updated from time to time, shall be for guidance only and shall not be part of this Agreement.

 

“NMs” means the Admiralty Notices to Mariners, which are the notices issued periodically by UKHO and which contain all the necessary information, current at the time, to allow the correction of ASP&D.

 

“APP” means the Admiralty Promotional Programme. This is the means by which UKHO may in certain circumstances and at its sole discretion provide material support to Distributors exhibitions, seminars and other targeted marketing activity. Details of the APP are included within the Admiralty Distnbutors Handbook.

 

“Customers” shall mean any party to whom the Distnbutor sells the Product Group(s).

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means copyright, patents, utility models, trade marks, service marks, design rights (whether registered or unregistered), database rights, semiconductor topography rights, proprietary information rights and all other similar rights as may exist anywhere in the world.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1. UKHO hereby appoints e-MLX Co., Ltd from 10 August 2005 and thereafter unless or until terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to be its non-exclusive Distributor operating from the Operating Location(s) listed at Appendix A for the supply of the Product Group(s) world wide in accordance with terms of this Agreement. The Terms of this Agreement apply to those products produced by UK.HO and other related products for which UK.HO acts as a wholesaler/distributorexcept that where different terms and conditions pertain to the latter, they are specified at Schedule I, C.

 

The Distributor is hereby appointed an:-

 

Admiralty Digital Distributor (ADD)

 

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall create a relationship of agency between UKHO and the Distributor, and the Distributor will sell the Product Group (s) to Customers on his own account.

 

2.2. UKHO reserves the right to appoint further distributors operating from the Operating Location(s) listed at Appendix A or elsewhere for the supply of any Product Group(s) world-wide including but not restricted to those detailed above and will endeavour to inform the Distributor of such an appointment.

 

Page 3 of 21 

 

 


2.3. UKHO reserves the right to change the description or specification of the Products and Product Group(s). Any such changes shall be notified to the Distributor from time to time. UKHO will use reasonable endeavours to inform the Distributor of any changes prior to notification to users.
   
2.4. Nothing in this Agreement shall entitle the Distributor to any priority supply in relation to the Product Group(s) as against UKHO’s other Distributors or Customers.

 

3. GENERAL DUTIES OF THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

3.1. The Distributor shall provide and maintain to the reasonable satisfaction of UKHO and in full compliance with all relevant Jaws premises, accommodation and equipment suitable for the reception, storage and sale of all Product Groups for which he is a Distributor. Except where the Distributor conducts business solely by direct mail or by means of the Internet, the Distributors premises should contain space sufficient to permit inspection by Customers of the Product Group(s).
   
3.2. The Distributor shall demonstrate to UKHO’s reasonable satisfaction and maintain a broad, current knowledge of:
   
  maritime navigation;
   
the shipping industry;
   
IMO/SOLAS regulations; and
   
information technology/systems that relate to maritime navigation from time to time
   
3.3. The Distributor shall, by means of advertisement or signs as shall have been approved by UKHO in writing prior to use, indicate that it has been appointed as an Admiralty Digital Distributor (ADD). The Distnbutor shall not describe itself as the distributor, agent or representative of UKHO or as being entitled to bind UK.HO in any way except as expressly authorised by this Agreement.
   
3.4. The Distributor shall to the satisfaction ofUKHO at all times work diligently to protect and promote the interests of UKHO and shall at his own expense promote and procure sales of the Product Group(s) and endeavour to satisfy market demand for them by appropriate means including:

 

  3.4.1. personal visits to and correspondence with potential purchasers;
     
  3.4.2. advertising and distribution of publicity material (subject to the prior written approval by UKHO of the content, form and extent of such advertising and publicity material where it is directly related to the Product Group(s));
     
  3.4.3. attendance at trade shows and other sales promotion events;
     
  3.4.4. maintaining contact with Customers so as to encourage them to seek further supplies of the Product Group(s), including offering an after sales service for Customers in relation to the Product Group(s) to UKHO’s reasonable satisfaction;
     
  3.4.5. maintenance ofa Customer database; and,
     
  3.4.6. maintenance in good condition satisfactory to UKHO of a st9ck of the Product Group(s) sufficient to meet expected demand as specified within the accompanying Schedule(s).

 

3.5. The Distnbutor shall engage such number of suitably qualified sales personnel as may be reasonably required by the demands of the business, and shall ensure that at least one such person who has adequate knowledge of the Product Groups and of their uses, particularly for maritime navigation is always available during normal local office hours. The Distributor shall further ensure that at least one member of his sales personnel is able to speak, read and write English to a standard acceptable to UKHO.

 

Page 4 of 21 

 

 

3.6. The Distributor shall not make any representations to Customers or give any warranties in relation to the Product Group(s) other than those contained in any promotional material relating to the Product Group(s) produced or approved in accordance with clause 3.4.2 by UK.HO, or as may be provided separately to the Distributor by UK.HO, and shall not pledge the credit ofUKHO in any way.
   
3.7. The Distributor shall not enter into any arrangement with, or assume any obligation towards, a third party which impedes or may impede the Distributors performance of this Agreement.
   
3.8. The Distributor shall:

 

  3.8.1. advise UK.HO in writing prior to the appointment of any proposed Sub-Distributor(s) and shall be responsible to UKHO for ensuring that the requirements of this Agreement are met in full by such Sub-Distributor(s). Any failure in performance by a Sub-Distnbutor shall, for the purpose of this Agreement, be considered a failure of the Distributor, and UK.HO shall have the right to deny the Distributor the right to appoint specific sub-Distributors at UKHO’s sole discretion, and shall have the right to demand existing Sub-Distributors cease to be Sub-Distnbutors; and
     
  3.8.2. advise UK.HO in writing of all current and proposed Operating Locations and shall be responsible to UKHO for ensuring that the requirements of this Agreement are met in full by such Operating Locations. Any failure in performance by an Operating Location shall, for the purpose of this Agreement, be considered a failure of the Distributor, and UK.HO shall have the right to deny the Distributor the right to operate from specific Operating Locations at UKHO’s sole discretion, and shall have the right to demand existing Operating Locations cease to be Operating Locations.

 

3.9. Subject to a notice period of not less than 24 hours the Distributor shall permit authorised representatives of UK.HO to inspect his premises and stocks of the Product Group(s) at any time during normal local business hours. In the event of a complaint and after consultation with the Distributor UKHO shall also be permitted to inspect his Sub-Distributors’ premises and stocks of the Product Group(s) at any time during normal local business hours.
   
3.10. Where a Product is stated in NMs as being permanently withdrawn or cancelled and is to be replaced, and the Distributor has still to receive replacement(s) or new edition(s), the Distributor shall inform any prospective Customer that the Product in question has been withdrawn or cancelled and shall permit the Customer to purchase either the Product which is to be withdrawn or cancelled, or to purchase the replacement(s)or new edition(s) when received by the Distributor.
   
3.11. The Distributor shall not sell to an end user any replacement or new edition of any product supplied to him by UKHO prior to its publication date as announced by UKHO in the weekly NMs.
   
3.12. Where the Distributor has been notified by UKHO that a product is to be permanently withdrawn or cancelled without replacement, the Distributor shall:

 

  3.12.1. inform any intended purchaser that the product in question is shortly to be withdrawn or cancelled; and
     
  3.12.2. allow any intended purchaser to purchase the product which is to be withdrawn or cancelled until the Distributor is notified by UKHO that the product in question has been permanently withdrawn or cancelled.

 

3.13. The Distributor shall not, under any circumstances, sell or otherwise deal with in any way which might reasonably be thought likely to lead to subsequent use in navigation any product which is stated in NMs as having been permanently withdrawn or cancelled without replacement or is stated in NMs as withdrawn or cancelled on publication of replacement(s) or new edition(s), after receipt by the Distnb utor of the replacement(s) or new edition(s).

 

Page 5 of 21 

 

 

3.14. The Distributor shall render each Customer every reasonable assistance with any difficulties encountered by him in using the Product Group(s) and with day-to-day queries.
   
3.15. The Distributor shall place orders in accordance with the requirements of the accompanying Schedules. To avoid delay and possible rejection of orders, the Distributor should also follow the procedures described within the Admiralty Distributor’s Handbook.
   
3.16. The Distributor shall advise UK.HO of any errors in supply by UKHO within twenty one days ofreceipt of orders and include a copy of the relevant advice note identifying the errors. UKHO assumes no liability for any errors in the supply of orders where the Distributor fails to notify UKHO of these errors within twenty one days ofreceipt by the Distributor of the order.
   
3.17. The Distributor shall provide the following written reports to UKHO in a form and to a template provided by UKHO:

 

  3.17.1. Annually each April a report summarising the Distributors conduct and development of the sale of the Product Group(s), detailing current trading conditions and explaining those changes to the Distributors marketing plan being made as a result. This report shall also include a phased monthly forecast, by product group, of anticipated purchases of the Product Group(s) for the forthcoming year (April to March) updating if necessary the report submitted the previous October. This report must be delivered to UKHO not later than 15th April each year.
     
  3.17.2. Annually each October a report providing, by product group, a phased monthly forecast of anticipated purchases during the twelve month period commencing on the 1st April following the submission of the report updating if necessary the report submitted the previous April. This report must be delivered to UKHO not later than 31st October each year.
     
  3.17.3. UKHO may exceptionally require, at its discretion, that the Distributor provide sales forecasts on a more frequent basis than that required at paragraphs 3.17.1 and 3.17.2 above.

 

3.18. This clause has been deleted.
   
3.19. The Distributor shall, in respect of each order for the Product Group(s) to be supplied by UKHO to the Distributor under this Agreement, be responsible for:

 

  3.19.l. ensuring the accuracy of its purchase order;
     
  3.19.2. providing UKHO with any information which is necessary in order to enable UK.HO to fulfil the order and to comply with all labelling, marketing and other applicable legal requirements, and
     
  3.19.3. obtaining any necessary import licences, certificates of origin or other requisite documents, and paying all applicable customs, duties and taxes in respect of the importation of the Product Group(s) and their resale.

 

4. PRODUCT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS & DISTRIBUTOR DUTIES

 

4.1. In addition to the duties specified in Clause 3 above and elsewhere in this Agreement, the Distributor shall meet the requirements defined in Schedule I specific to the Product Group(s) for which he is a Distributor.

 

5. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

S.l. In addition to the General and Specific duties specified in this Agreement the Distributor shall meet all of the performance requirements for each distributor category as specified in Schedule 2.

 

Page 6 of 21 

 

 

6. DUTIES OF UKHO

 

6.1. UKHO agrees to use its best endeavours to maintain the quality of the Product Group(s) and ensure that they remain current, but except as expressly stated elsewhere in this Agreement accepts no liability for the failure to do this nor for any loss which may arise therefrom, to the Distributor, his Customers, or any third party.
   
6.2. Prior to dissemination to users UKHO will make available to the Distributor updates on the status of Product Groups (Product Status Reports), which will include the following:

 

  6.2.1. any new products or new editions of products that are to be published along with the intended publication date and, where appropriate, the products that are to be permanently withdrawn or cancelled along with the intended date of withdrawal or cancellation;
     
  6.2.2. any products that are to be permanently withdrawn or cancelled without replacement along with the intended date of withdrawal or cancellation;
     
  6.2.3. any new products or new editions of products which are available for despatch from UKHO that week and will shortly be announced as published and, where relevant, the products that are shortly to be withdrawn or cancelled on publication of the new products or new editions of products and which will no longer be supplied by UKHO to the Distributor;
     
  6.2.4. any new products or new editions of products which UK.HO publishes that week and, where appropriate, the products that are permanently withdrawn or cancelled;
     
  6.2.5. any products that are permanently withdrawn or cancelled without replacement; and,
     
  6.2.6. other miscellaneous information UKHO considers appropriate.

 

6.3. UKHO will announce in the weekly, or if available and by request, daily NMs:

 

6.3.1. any new products or new editions of products which are to be published within the coming weeks;

 

6.3.2. publication of any new products or new editions of products ; and

 

6.3.3. any product(s) that have been permanently withdrawn or cancelled.

 

6.4. UK.HO will supply to the Distributor free of charge a copy of the current Admiralty Distnbutors Handbook and updates, product handbooks and literature and, in the case of ASD only, data suitable for demonstration purposes.
   
6.5. UKHO will supply the Distributor with weekly editions of paper NMs, block reproductions of portions of charts, printed warning notes and tracings showing corrections to the Admiralty charts at the frequency specified in Schedule 1 and as may be amended by UKHO at its sole discretion from time to time. UKHO may elect, at its sole discretion, to supply the Distnbutor with NMs by digital means (including but not limited to the Internet or ISDN telephone) in lieu of paper in which case the Distributor shall provide the equipment and trained staff necessary to permit their proper reception and application.
   
6.6. UKHO will provide sales and product training at UKHO’s offices in Taunton or at the Distributors offices or other venue at UKHO’s discretion. In addition, UK.HO will provide training and product support guides and information in either paper or digital formats. UKHO will provide this training at no cost to the Distributor, however the Distributor shall be liable for the costs of his staff attending such training. In addition where the training takes place at the Distributors premises the Distributor shall also be responsible for the provision and funding of suitable facilities and the reasonable travel, accommodation and subsistence costs of UK.HO staff conducting the training upon presentation of invoices in respect of such costs.

 

Page 7 of 21 

 

 

6.7. At its sole discretion UK.HO may provide material support for joint promotional programmes, as agreed, and within the guidelines of APP as detailed in the Distributors Handbook.

 

6.8. UK.HO shall not be under any obligation to continue the manufacture of the Product Group(s), and shall be entitled to make such alterations to the specifications of the Product Group(s) as it thinks fit.
   
6.9. Each order for the Product Group(s) shall constitute a separate Contra.ct, and any default by UK.HO in relation to any one order shall not entitle the Distributor to treat this Agreement as terminated.

 

7. PRICES and DISCOUNTS

 

7.1. The prices payable by the Distributor for each order shall be those set forth in the UK.HO price list in force at the date the order is received, less any discount indicated under Schedule 2. Such prices shall be on an ex-works basis either from UK.HO, Taunton, Somerset, UK or such other UK location as UK.HO may, at its sole discretion, decide and advise to the Distributor.
   
7.2. Where the Distributor requires delivery to an address different to that listed at Appendix B or requires his order be given high priority the Distributor shall pay surcharges at the following rates:

 

  7.2.1. High Priority orders (also known as rush orders) will attract a surcharge of20% of the value of the goods. This surcharge will be in addition to any other surcharge that may be applicable, but will only be applied to the net value of goods.
     
  7.2.2. The different address surcharge is 20% of the value of the goods. This surcharge will be in addition to any other surcharge that may be applicable, but will only be applied to the net value of goods.

 

7.3. All prices within the price list exclude any UK output Value Added Tax (VAT).
   
7.4. UK.HO reserves the right, exercisable at its sole discretion, to change both the discounts offered to the Distributor and the published price list. Such changes to discount and price structures may relate to changes in product fonnat, price basis, delivery method and/or support. Any such changes shall where possible be notified to the Distributor in writing at least twelve months before being brought into force and in any event no later than six months before being brought into force in the case of changes to discounts of existing products and one month before being brought into force in all other circumstances including changes to the price list.

 

8. PAYMENTS

 

8.1. UKHO shall invoice for each consignment to the Distributor on an ex-works basis. Where UK.HO has arranged for transport and insurance on behalf of the Distributor such charges shall be added to the Distributors account and be borne by the Distributor.
   
8.2. At the end of each month UK.HO will issue to the Distributor a statement of account summarizing all order invoices issued that month. It will show the value of all products dispatched, charges for all freight and insurance arranged by UK.HO on behalf of the Distributor, any credits from return products and any promotional charges arranged through the APP. Any payments in respect of APP support to the Distributor will be made separately by cheque or electronic transmission against submitted invoices.
   
8.3. Payment of each invoice referred to in clause 8.1 of this Agreement shall be made in full by the Distributor without any deduction or set off into an account designated by UK.HO for the purpose in such a way that cleared funds are received by UK.HO within 40 days from the date of invoice or 55 days for distributors opting to make payment by direct debit. Allowance will be made where delivery times are normally longer than one week.

 

Page 8 of 21 

 

 

8.4. UKHO reserves the right not to supply any Product Group(s) where payment in full has not been received from the Distributor by the required time, or where such supply would cause the Distributor to exceed any credit limit fixed by UK.HO from time to time and notified to the Distributor.
   
8.5. If payment is not received by UKHO within the period specified at Clause 8.3 then UKHO shall be entitled to charge interest on any outstanding sums at the rate of 4% above Ban1c of England base rate from the date that the payment fell due until actual payment whether before or after judgement.

 

9. METHODS OF PAYMENT

 

9.1. The preferred UKHO trading currency is sterling however, the Distributor may choose, subject to the agreement of UK.HO, to be invoiced and make payment in either US Dollars or Euros. Where this option is chosen it must remain in force for a minimum period of one year. Exchange rate rules will be notified on application.
   
9.2. The preferred methods of payment are direct debit or electronic transfer. Alternatively cheques drawn on a UK clearing bank and credit cards (MasterCard and VISA but not charge cards such as American Express) are acceptable.
   
9.3. Where charges are raised by the clearing banks prior to the funds reaching UKHO’s account, such charges are the responsibility of the Distributor who must ensure that any payment includes sufficient money to cover both the ban1c charges and to settle the account in full.
   
9.4. This clause has been deleted.
   
9.5. This clause has been deleted.
   
9.6. UKHO Ban1c account details are:

 

  Lloyds-TSB Ban1c PLC 31
  Fore Street  
  Taunton  
  Somerset  
  TAI IHW  
  United Kingdom  
     
  Sort code: 30-98-45
  Account number: 2428026
  Account name: The UK Hydrographic Office

 

9.7. Where payment is other than by direct debit or electronic transfer all payments and payment advice should be sent to:

 

  Address: Sales Accounts
    UK Hydrographic Office
    Admiralty Way
    Taunton
    Somerset
    TAI 2DN
    United Kingdom

 

  Tel: +44 (0) 1823 337900 Extn 3285 or 4271
  Direct fax: +44 (0) 1823 333837
  E-mail: sales.accounts@ukho.gov.uk
     
  Office hours: 08:30 to 16:00 Monday to Friday excluding UK public holidays

 

Page 9 of 21 

 

 

10. NON-ASSIGNMENT

 

10.1. This Agreement is personal to the Distnbutor and no part of it may be assigned, charged or otherwise dealt with unless UK.HO shall have agreed to this in writing beforehand, except as is otherwise provided for in this Agreement. UK.HO agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

11. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

11.1. This Agreement shall not constitute an assignment of any copyright or of any design right, trade or service mark or of any other Intellectual Property right, which shall remain vested in the Crown.
   
11.2. UK.HO grants the Distributor, subject to the terms of this Agreement, a non-exclusive non-transferable licence to reproduce the material defined in 11.3.l to 11.3.3 below for the period of this Agreement for the sole purpose of advertising or promoting the Product Group(s) that the Distributor is permitted to sell under this Agreement (referred to as “the Licence”).
   
11.3. The material (referred to as “ the Material”) shall consist of:

 

  11.3.1. all material published by UKHO and listed in the Admiralty Catalogue of Charts and Publications (NP 131) that the Distributor is permitted to sell under this Agreement;
     
  11.3.2. all material supplied to the Distributor by UKHO for the specific purpose of advertising and promotion; and
     
  11.3.3. trade marks relating to the Product Group(s) the Distributor is permitted to sell under this Agreement or relating to its status as a Distributor whether now in existence or yet to be devised (referred to as “the Trade Marks”).

 

11.4. The Distributor shall use all Trademarks only in the form stipulated from time to time by UK.HO and shall observe any reasonable directions given by UK.HO as to co lours and size of representations of the Trademarks and their manner and disposition in relation to the Product Group(s). The Distributor shall not use or reproduce the Trademark in any other way whatsoever without frrst seeking and obtaining the UK.HO written consent to any such use.
   
1l..5. TheDistributor shall not use the Trademarks accompanied by other trademarks or words describing the Product Group(s) unless the Trademarks are sufficiently distinguished from the surrounding and adjacent text and UK.HO is clear ly identified as the proprietor of the Trade Marks and then only with the express written consent of UK.HO.
   
11.6. The Distributor shall not adopt or use any trademark, symbol or device that in the sole opinion of UK.HO incorporates or is confusingly similar to, or is a simulation or colourable imitation of, the Trademarks, or unfairly competes with the Trademarks.
   
11.7. The Distributor shall not at any time, whether during the term of this Agreement or after its termination apply anywhere in the world to register any trademarks identical to or in the sole opinion ofUKHO so nearly resembling the Trademarks as to be likely to deceive or cause confusion.
   
1l..8. The Distributor shall not reproduce more than one (1) graphical or textual extract from each item of the Material and no more than four (4) such extracts in total within each advertisement or item of promotional material. Such extracts shall not exceed one (1) A4 page in size. The Distributor may reproduce more than four (4) graphic extracts if the. purpose is to produce a digital or online catalogue service advertising the Material for sale. Such extracts must be in raster format, not be geo-referenced and be at a lower resolution than twenty-one (21) dots per inch.
   
11.9. The Distributor shall not without obtaining the prior written permission of UK.HO in the case of each item of the Material reproduce any photograph contained within the Material, except where it is included within the front cover design of a product. Permission, once granted and unless otherwise provided in any such grant, will allow the specified photograph to be included within the definition of “the Material” above and no further permission shall be required to reproduce it under the terms of this Licence.

 

Page 10 of 21 

 

 

11.1 0. The Distributor shall not place the Material or reproductions of the Material on a computer accessible to third parties whether via the Internet or otherwise except as follows:

 

  11.10.l. all graphic images must be in a raster fonnat, not be geo-referenced, and be at a lower resolution than twenty-one (21) dots per inch or at a resolution that limits the depiction to a four (4) inch square at the same scale as the original;
     
  11.10.2. all textual extracts must be fewer than 250 words;
     
  11.10.3. no more than four (4) graphical or textual extracts may be reproduced from each class of product;

 

11.11. The Distributor shall ensure that no reproductions of the Material shall or are likely to mislead the public or be materially detrimental or inconsistent with the good name, goodwill, reputation and image ofUK.HO.
   
11.12. The Distributor shall, on or before the first working day of January and July for each year of this Agreement, supply UK.HO with one copy of every reproduction made under this Licence during the preceding six (6) months. Copies should be addressed to “Copyright Section, UK Hydrographic Office, Admiralty Way, Taunton, Somerset, TAI 2DN, United Kingdom”.
   
11.3. The Di,stributor shall place, either against each reproduction or within a general text easily visible to third parties, a notice that the reproductions are protected by Crown copyright or that the Trademarks are the property of UK.HO.
   
11.14. The Di tributor shall ensure that no acknowledgement or reference to the Crown or the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office shall be printed in or in association with any form of advertisement or promotional material save as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
   
11.15. The Distributor shall, at the expense of UK.HO, take all such steps as UKHO may reasonably require to assist UKHO in maintaining the validity and enforceability ofUK.HO’s Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement.
   
11.16. Without prejudice to the right of the Distributor or any third party to challenge the validity of any Intellectual Property of UK.HO, the Distributor shall not do or authorise any third party to do any act which would or might invalidate or be inconsistent with any Intellectual Property of UK.HO and shall not omit or authorise any third party to omit to do any act which, by its omission, would have that effect or character.
   
11.17. The Distributor shall promptly and fully notify UK.HO of any actual. threatened or suspected infringement of any Intellectual Property of UKHO which comes to the Distnbutors notice, and of any claim by any third party so corning to its notice that the importation of the Product Groups, or their sale, infringes any rights of any other person, and the Distributor shall at the request and expense of UKHO do all such things as may be reasonably required to assist UKHO in taking or resisting any proceedings in relation to any such infringement or claim.

 

12. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1. The Distributor shall keep confidential any marketing or sales information which is supplied to him by UK.HO, and shall keep confidential the provisions of this Agreement except where such information is already in the public domain.
   
12.2. The Distributor shall not use any marketing or sales information supplied to him by the UK.HO for any purpose other than the performance of the obligations under this Agreement

 

Page 11 of 21 

 

 

12.3. UKHO shall keep confidential any marketing, sales or financial infonnation which is supplied to it by the Distributor in confidence, except where such information is already in the public domain.

 

13. TERMINATION

 

13. l. The Distributor may tenninate this Agreement at any time on giving UKHO six months’ prior written notice.
   
13.2. UKHO may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving the Distributor six months prior written notice.
   
13.3. UKHO may terminate this Agreement at any time if the Distributor or any Sub-Distributor or other contractor, employee or agent of the Distributor commits any act or default which in the sole opinion of UKHO constitutes a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and where required to do so by UKHO fails to remedy this breach within a reasonable period of time which shall be stipulated in the written notice given to the Distributor by UKHO. The right of UKHO to terminate this Agreement under this provision is without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement or the general law which may be available in respect of the breach.
   
13.4. UKHO may terminate this Agreement immediately at any time by serving on the Distributor notice in writing to that effect in the event that one or more of the following events occurs;

 

  13.4.1   ifin the sole opinion ofUKHO any material change in the physical location of the business premises of the Distributor takes place without UKHO’s prior written consent. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
     
  13.4.2. if any material change takes place in the ownership or control of the Distnbutor without the prior written consent of UK.HO. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
     
  13.4.3. if the Distributor ceases or threatens to cease permanently to trade, or goes into voluntary or compulsory liquidation (except for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed in respect of the whole or any part of its assets, or if an encumbrancer takes possession of any of the Distributors property or assets, or if the Distnbutor makes an assignment for the benefit of, or composition with, its creditors generally, or indicates an intention to do any of these things, however they may be descnbed in any other jurisdiction; or
     
  13.4.4. if the Distnbutor engages in any conduct which in the sole opinion of UK.HO is prejudicial to the interests or reputation ofUKHO or the marketing of the Product Group (s).

 

13.5. On termination the Distnbutor shall not be entitled to any compensation or other payment, and shall settle any outstanding invoices immediately. The Distnbutor shall cease to be entitled to claim or hold himself out to be an appointed Admiralty Distributor, must remove any signage to that effect, and must cease to use any trade and service marks and other Intellectual Property of UK.HO. The Distributor shall return or destroy (at UKHO’s direction) any Admiralty Distributor Handbook and all promotional materials or other Intellectual Property supplied by UK.HO and in the Distributors possession.
   
13.6. On termination of this Agreement, UKHO shall have the right, but shall not be obliged, to repurchase from the Distributor, at the price originally paid by the Distributor, any stock of the Product Group(s) in the Distributors possession, provided that they are not tom, dirty, used, or otherwise damaged and Admiralty charts that have not been stamped with the name of the Distributor or any other stamp. The Distributor shall arrange and pay for the despatch, freight and insurance of this stock to the UKHO or to such place as the UKHO may specify. The Distributor will also be responsible for the cost of return to him of any returned stock which has been rejected by UK.HO and must not sell that stock for navigational purposes.
   
13.7. On termination of this Agreement the Distributor shall make arrangements to ensure that its Customers who have purchased Digital Data/Services continue to be supplied with any necessary update disks. At its discretion and with the agreement of such Customers the Distributor may provide to UK.HO in writing full details of Customers who have purchased Digital Data/Services, and UK.HO may maintain the supply of digital update disks direct to the Distributors Customers until those Customers select a replacement supplier.

 

Page 12 of 21 

 

 

13.8. On termination of this Agreement, the Distributor shall have no claim against UK.HO for compensation for loss of distnbution rights, loss of goodwill or any similar loss, and save as otherwise provided herein, the parties’ obligations to each other shall cease.

 

14. GENERAL

 

14.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior agreement between them relating to the sale or distribution of the Product Group(s), and each party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so on the basis of, nor does it rely on, any representation, warranty, or other provision except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and all conditions, warranties or other things implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law.
   
14.2. The waiver of any rights arising from any breach of any term of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights arising from any subsequent breach of a term of the same or different nature.
   
14.3. This Agreement shall not be taken to create any joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement between the Parties. Nor is the Distributor authorised to act as the distributor of UK.HO except as is expressly provided for by this Agreement
   
14.4. The Distributor is not and shall not hold itself out to any third party as being the agent or employee of UK.HO.
   
14.5. Both Parties will be released from their respective obligations under this Agreement in the event that either Party is unable to perform its obligations due to any force majeure event, including but not limited to any Act of God; war or threat of war; act of terrorism; hostilities; riot; civil disturbance or emergency; national strike; fire; flood; explosion; accident; sabotage; insurrection; tempest; import or export regulations or embargoes; power failure or breakdown in machinery; strikes; lock-outs or other industrial actions or trade disputes; or acts, restrictions, regulations, bye-laws, prohibitions or measures of any kind on the part of any governmental, parliamentary or local authority, or any cause beyond that Party’s control. In such event, all monies due to UKHO shall be paid immediately, any Product Group($) in the Distributors possession shall be destroyed or returned to UK.HO as UK.HO shall direct, and the Distributor shall forthwith cease to carry on the business of or describe himself as an appointed Admiralty Distributor.
   
14.6. Subject to the provision of90 days written notice UKHO shall have the right to amend this Agreement, to reflect inter alia technical changes in product range or method of supply. Where the change is of a significant nature, there will be a period of not less than 90 days prior to the start of the notice period to allow time for consultation between UKHO and the Distributor.
   
14.7. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be serially numbered and issued in writing by the Commercial & Legal Branch of UKHO.
   
14.8. Any reference in this Agreement to “writing” includes a reference to facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication.
   
14.9. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation.
   
14.10. If any provision of this Agreement is held by any court or other competent authority to be unenforceable in whole or in part, this Agreement shall continue to be valid as to the other provisions thereof and the remainder of the affected provision, as long as the parties’ intentions can still be met.

 

Page 13 of 21 

 

 

14.11. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England and any dispute that may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, including its validity, construction and performance, shall be subject to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.
   
14.12. The title to any consignment of the Product Group(s) shall not pass to the Distributor until UKHO has received payment in full of the price therefore.
   
14.13. Risk of loss of or damage to any consignment of the Product Group(s) shall pass to the Distnbutor from the time of delivery to the carrier at UKHO’s premises. The Distributor shall be responsible for effecting his own insurance from the moment risk passes to him, regardless of whether the Product Group(s) are collected by himor delivered by UKHO or a third party carrier.
   
14.14. UK.HO shall indemnify the Distributor against any direct claims, loss, demands, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the Distributor in respect of any direct claim or action for personal injury including death arising out of this agreement to the extent that any such injury, loss or damages is caused by the negligence of the UKHO.
   
14.15. Any notice or other information required or authorised by this Agreement to be given by either party to the other may be given by hand or sent (by first class pre-paid post, cable, facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication) to the other party at his usual correspondence address.
   
14.16. The Distributor agrees to indemnify UKHO forthwith on written demand for all claims, losses, costs and expenses howsoever caused or incurred arising out of a breach of the Distributors obligations under this Agreement.
   
14.17. This clause has been deleted.

 

15. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

15.1. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to grant any rights to any person or body that is not a party to this Agreement, and the Parties hereby agree to exclude the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

16. FREEDOM TO CONTRACT

 

16.1. The Parties declare that they each have the right, power and authority and have taken all action necessary to execute and deliver, and to exercise their rights and perform their obligations under this Agreement.

 

AS WITNESS the hands of the Parties hereto

 

 

 

Page 14 of 21 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

Locations from which the Distributor shall operate for the supply of the Product Group(s) world wide

 

Ssanyong Research No. 2 Lab Sinseong-Dong 100, Yuseong-Gu, Daejeon 305-804, Korea

 

APPENDIXB

 

Locations to which UKHO shall supply the Product Group(s) without imposing the surcharge referred to in clause 7.2:

 

I. The Operating Location(s) listed in Appendix A
   
2. The location(s) listed below:
   
  None

 

Page 15 of 21 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 - PRODUCT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND DUTIES

 

In addition to the obligations elsewhere in this Agreement the following requirements shall apply to those Product Groups in respect of which the Distnbutor has been appointed as defined at Clause 2.1 of the Agreement

   

A. ADMIRALTY SOLAS PAPER PRODUCTS (ASP) ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE DISTRIBUTOR
       
Not applicable.  
       
B. ADMIRALTY SOLAS DIGITAL PRODUCTS (ASD) ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE DISTRIBUTOR
       
B.l. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTORS OF ASD
       
  B.1.1. The Distributor shall stock all the available types of ASD unless agreed otherwise in writing byUKHO.
       
  B.1.2. The Distributor shall engage a sufficient number of staff trained or experienced in the use and operation of ASD to a standard acceptable to UKHO and must:
       
    B.1.2.1. be conversant with product information, service levels and maritime regulations relevant to ASD.
       
    B.1.2.2. Where the use of third party display equipment and/or software is required the Distributor shall display a knowledge of the different equipment types and preferably have a link to at least one equipment/software supplier to enable promotion of the UKHO product in an end user system;
       
    B.1.2.3. be able clearly to demonstrate all UKHO digital products and explain the main features and benefits of each and have a functioning e-mail address and internet access;
       
    B.1.2.4. provide appropriate computer hardware to install, run and demonstrate all ASDs;
       
    B.1.2.5. proactively inform their Customer base of the available digital products and services and of their benefits/features and promote the use of official data as determined by the International Maritime Organization or the International Hydrographic Organization for SOLAS users where suitable data is available;
       
    B.1.2.6. follow the ordering process set out in the requirements for specific products as set out at B2 below and as supplemented by the Admiralty Distributor Handbook;
       
    B.1.2.7. maintain appropriate stock levels of ASD to satisfy Customer demand
       
    B.1.2.8. retain sufficient Customer records to ensure that subsequent transactions and renewals can be dealt with efficiently and to be able to provide sales information to UKHO as required; and
       
    B.1.2.9. be familiar with the content of the Distributor product handbooks and be able to provide frrst line support to the end user.

 

Page 16 of 21 

 

 

B.2. REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCTS

 

The Distributor shall ensure that each sale and Customer licensing of ASD is undertaken in accordan . ce with the particular requirements of each Product type as follows and as supplemented by the Distributor Product Handbooks.

 

  B.2.1. ADMIRALTY RASTER CHART SERVICE (ARCS)
       
  The Distnbutor shall:
       
    B.2.1.1.   sell licences appropriate to the Customer’s requirements and in the case of each sale of an ARCS product provide UKHO promptly by fax, e-mail or similar means, on the appropriate order form with a list of the charts required by the Customer together with other information requested on the order form which must include details of the equipment upon which the Customer will run the ARCS product, the user permit number of the Customer and the Personal Identification Number (PIN) of the Customer (which may be obtained from the supplier of the equipment upon which the Customer will run the ARCS product); and when invoicing Customers for ARCS products purchased the Distributor shall ensure that invoices are itemised so as to show clearly the type of ARCS product purchased;
       
    B.2.1.2. UKHO’s Automatic Order Entry (AOE) is UKHO’s preferred means of receiving orders and the Distributor shall use this means where the software has been supplied;
       
    B.2.1.3. check any licence disc the Distributor creates for viruses using an up to date virus checker prior to sealing the disc and despatch;
       
    B.2.1.4. assemble the Customer’s ARCS pack as indicated in the Admiralty Distributors Handbook;
       
    B.2.1.5. provide the appropriate level of service to the Customer through provision to Navigator Customers of weekly update CDs along with copies of re-issued CDs and any required permit discs;
       
    B.2.1.6. retain a copy of Customer permits & licence details to allow support of further Customer requirements;
       
    B.2.1.7. provide the Navigator Customer with a reminder 6 weeks prior to licence expiry;
       
    B.2.1.8. agree with UKHO conditions under which free licences for Navigator trials can be offered; and.
       
    B.2.1.9. agree with UKHO the number and content of Navigator Demonstration Licences to be supplied.
       
  B.2.2. TOTAL TIDE
       
  The Distributor shall:
       
    B.2.2.1. sell licences for TotalTide using the appropriate Distributor Licensing Software in accordance with the guidelines supplied by the UKHO and when invoicing Customers for TotalTide products purchased;
       
    B.2.2.2. ensure that invoices are itemised so as to show clearly the items purchased;

 

Page 17 of 21 

 

 

  B.2.2.3. check any permit key floppy disc the Distributor creates for viruses using an up to date virus checker prior to despatch;
     
  B.2.2.4. retain a copy of Customer permits & Licence details including which Area Data Sets bought to allow support of further Customer requirements;
     
  B.2.2.5. provide the Customer with a reminder 6 weeks prior to the availability of the annually updated TotalTide Area Data Sets.

 

B.2.3. DIGITAL LIST OF LIGHTS

 

  The Distributor shall:
       
    B.2.3.1. sell licences for the Digital List of Lights and Fog Signals using the appropriate Distributor Licensing Software in accordance with the guidelines supplied by the UKHO and when invoicing Customers for Digital List of Lights products purchased the Distributor shall ensure that invoices are itemised so as to show clearly the items purchased;
       
    B.2.3.2. provide the appropriate level of service to the Customer through provision to Customers of weekly update CDs;
       
    B.2.3.3. check any permit key floppy disc the Distributor creates for viruses using an up to date virus checker prior to despatch;
       
    B.2.3.4. retain a copy of Customer permits & Licence details including which volumes they have bought to allow support of further Customer requirements;
       
    B.2.3.5. provide the Customer with a reminder 6 weeks prior to licence expiry;

 

B.2.4. ELECTRONIC NAVIGATIONAL CHARTS

 

  The Distributor shall:
       
    B.2.4.1. Be familiar with the contents of the Admiralty ENC Service User Guide and the relevant section of the Admiralty Distributor Handbook.
       
    B.2.4.2. Promote the Admiralty ENC Service to its Customers using the promotional material provided.
       
    B.2.4.3. Assist the Customer to select the ENC coverage that he requires with due regard to the legal status of ENCs and the availability of other Admiralty products.
       
    B.2.4.4. Submit orders for ENCs to the UKHO via e-mail using the tools and processes set out in the Admiralty Distributor Handbook. The Distributor is to ensure that all necessary information with regard to Customer details and the make of ECDIS equipment fitted to the vessel is included on the order form.
       
    B.2.4.5. Where goods have been incorrectly ordered credit will only be given in exceptional circumstances where mitigating circumstances exist. Each case shall be considered on its individual merits and UKHO’s decision shall be final and conclusive. However if credit is agreed then the credit shall be given at the original price paid by the Distributor and UKHO may at its sole discretion make a charge in respect of the administrative costs incurred. In the event that the Distributor incorrectly orders ENCs and provides these to the Customer, UKHO shall have the right to charge its costs in supplying these goods to the Distributor.

 

Page 18 of 21 

 

 

    B.2.4.6. Ensure that the Customer is familiar with, and accepts for himself and the authorised end user, the terms and conditions of the end user licence prior to placing the order.
       
    B.2.4.7. Assemble an ENC Service Customer Start-Up pack for each new Customer of the service. This shall contain the elements set out in the Distributor Handbook.
       
    B.2.4.8. Ensure that any Distnbutor PC used to handle licence/permit files received or sent by the Distributor is checked for computer viruses using an up to date virus checker on a regular basis. If licence discs are created by the Distributor these shall be checked for computer viruses using an up to date virus checker prior to sealing and despatch to the Customer.
       
    B.2.4.9. Unless a lesser frequency is requested by the Customer on a weekly basis provide to Customers of the service, ENC update CDs and, as required, re-issues of the ENC base CDs and new ENC licence/permit discs.
       
    B.2.4.10. Maintain adequate levels of stock of items needed to create Customer Start-Up packs and to meet weekly service requirements according to predicted needs of existing and new business.
       
    B.2.4.1 I. Maintain records of Customer ENC licence and chart holdings. This is best achieved by keeping an electronic copy of Customers’ permits and licence details.
       
    B.2.4.12. Keep Customers advised, on a regular basis, of the latest coverage of available ENCs relevant to their business.
       
    B.2.4.13. Encourage renewal of licences by issuing reminders to Subscribers well in advance of licence expiry. Where renewed licence files have to be sent to vessels on physical media, the lead time must be sufficient to ensure uninterrupted use of the service.
       
    B.2.4.14. Provide first line assistance to Customers of the service in event of queries about or problems with the service. Where such queries or problems can not be readily resolved or where they relate to the contents of the ENCs within the service the distributor is to inform the UKHO Helpdesk.
       
    B.2.4.15. Provide feedback to UKHO on the performance of the Service on a regular basis
       
    B.2.4.16. Agree with UKHO conditions under which free licences for ENC trials can be offered.
       
    B.2.4.17. Agree with UKHO the number and content of ENC Demonstration Licences to be supplied.

 

C. PRODUCTS THAT ARE NOT PRODUCED BY UKHO (NonAP&D}
   
C.l LIST OF NON-UKHO PRODUCTS
   
•  BP Shipping Marine Distance Tables

 

Page 19 of 21 

 

 

C.2 DUTIES OF UKHO

 

  C.2.1. Quality and Currency of Products
       
    C.2.1.1. Clause 6.1 of this Agreement does not apply to those products listed at Schedule 1, C.l above. The manufacturer bas the sole responsibility to maintain the quality and currency of its products.
       
  C.2.2. Liability  
       
    C.2.2.1. In respect of those products listed at Schedule 1, C.1 above, nothing in this Agreement is intended to exclude or limit liability for death or personal injury arising from negligence, nor for any liability that cannot by law be excluded or limited.
       
    C.2.2.2. Subject to Schedule 1, C.2.2.1 above, the total and aggregate liability, in respect of those products listed at Schedule 1, C.1 above, of UKHO under or in connection with this Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), breach of statutory duty or otherwise, shall be limited to the amount paid by the Distributor in respect of the price paid per individual product.
       
  C.2.3. Training  
       
    C.2.3.1. Clause 6.6 of this Agreement does not apply to those products listed at Schedule 1, C. l above.
       
  C.2.4. Availability  
       
    C.2.4.1. Clause 6.8 of this Agreement does not apply to the products listed at Schedule 1, C.1 above.

 

C3 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  C.3.1. Clauses 11.1 to 11.17 do not apply to those products listed at Schedule 1, C.1 above. The licence co ndi tions shall be as stipulated by the manufacturer. UKHO shall notify the Distnoutor of such conditions from time to time as it is notified by the manufacturer.

 

Page 20 of 21 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 - INDIVIDUAL DISTRIBUTOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS & ASSOCIATED INFORMATION

 

1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

1.1. None specified except as follows at clause 1.2.
   
1.2. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ARCS SKIPPER PRODUCT
   
  Where the Distributor has applied for, and UKHO has approved, the higher level of discount available for ARCS Skipper (specified at clause 2.3), the Distributor shall meet the criteria specified at clauses 1.2.1 to 1.2.5. UKHO will regularly carry out checks to ensure that the Distributor continues to meet the criteria.
   
1.2.1. The Distributor must have at least five Sub Distributors which are not Distributors of ASD in their own right and which are able to sell ARCS.
   
1.2.2. At least 20% of the Distributor’s sales of ARCS Skipper must be made through the Sub Distributors specified at 1.2.1.
   
1.2.3. The Distributor shall devote at least one page of its web-site to the ARCS Skipper product and ARCS Charts.
   
1.2.4. Each year the Distributor must distribute at least 100 of the UKHO produced ARCS Skipper brochures to its Customers and/or prospective Customers.
   
1.2.5. In addition to the reports specified at clause 3.7 of this Agreement, the Distnbutor shall provide UKHO with a written statement each January of total sales of ARCS Skipper in the preceding calendar year and the quantity of those. sales made through the Sub Distnbutors specified at clause 1.2.1.

 

2. DISTRIBUTOR SPECIFIC METRICS

 

2.1. The prices payable by the Distributor shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 7 of this Agreement, be those stated in UKHO’s Recommended Retail Price List in force at the date the Distributors order is received by UKHO less a discount of35%.
   
2.2. The Distributor may not order or have outstanding and unpaid orders totalling more than the credit limit as separately advised and revised from time to time. In the event this limit is exceeded UKHO reserves the right to decline to make any further supply until the Distributors account is settled in full. UKHO reserves the right to alter this limit by written notice.
   
2.3. Notwithstanding clause 2.1 of this Schedule 2, where the Distributor bas been approved by UKHO as meeting the criteria at clauses 1.2.1 to 1.2.5, the prices payable by the Distributor for ARCS Skipper shall, subject to clause 7 of this Agreement, be those stated in UKHO’s Recommended Retail Price List in force at the date the Distributor’ s order is received by UKHO less a discount of 40%.

 

Page 21 of 21 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

 

This DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT is made this _    day of _ _ _ _ 2012 by and between JEPPESEN NORWAY AS, a company organized and existing under the law s of Norway with organization number 966 04 l 056, having its principal offices at Hovlandsveien 52, N-4370 Egers und , Norway (“Jeppesen”), and H’( L’N DAI e- HAf?, f/’-(6 , a company organized and existin g under the laws of Rep.,bl·, d- KC/c:’t , having its principal office at D:?l < , J s..tnyn AM11t1 ,t.19”11]’4 I U/sa11, Roi( (“Distributor”).

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Jeppesen is engaged in the business of providing mar ine infonnation services, data and products to professional marine customers worldwide and has created valuable trademarks a nd goodwill associated with its products and services; and

 

WHEREAS, Dis tributor is engaged in the business of distributing a variety of products to the professional marine indu stry;

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that Jeppesen will appoint Distributor lo distribute Jeppesen Products (defined below) subject to the tenns and conditions contained herein:

 

I . Definitions . When used in this Agreement, the following tenns shall have the follow ing meaning:
       
  A. “Agreement” shall mean this agreement and the following exhibits attached hereto and inco rporated herein by this reference :
       
    (i) Exhibit A sets forth the Products covered by this Agreement, the disco unt provided by Jeppesen to the Distributor off the Recommend ed Retail Price List, and the minimum annual sales volume to be met by the Distributor , which Exhibit may be modified from time to time by mutu a l agreement of the parties without the need to fonnally amend this Agreement.
       
    (ii) Exhibit Bis Jeppesen’ s current Recommended Retail Price List as of the date of this Agreement.
         

  B. “ Custome rs” sha ll mean the ship ow ners, ship manage rs and other legal ent itie s that purchase the Products from the Distributor.
     
  C. Products” shall mean the Jeppesen products listed on Exhibit A.
     
  D. “ Recommended Retail Price List” shall mean that certain price list for all Jeppese n products and services published by Jeppe sen from time to time, the most current version of which may be accessed by the Distributor on Jeppesen ‘ s [Distributorsj website.
     
  E. “Trademarks” shall mean Jeppesen’s proprietary trademarks “ Jeppesen,” “Jeppesen Marine,” and “Jeppesen OnBoard,” among others, which Trademarks may not be used in these or any other fonn for any purposes whatsoever without the prior written approval of Jeppesen except as otherwise provided he rein.

 

 

     

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

2. Appointment as Non-Exclusive lndcpendent Distributor .
     
  A. Appointment.  Jeppesen hereby appoints Distributor, and Distributor hereby accepts  such appointment, as an inde pendent, non-exclusive distributor for Jeppesen that shall purchase the Products from Jeppesen at the discount set forth in Exhibit A for the purpose of distributing and reselling such Products to Customers.
         
    (i) Nothing in this Agreement shall restrict Jeppesen’ s right to:
         
      a) Visit Customers and potential Customers of the Products . Ho we ve r, Jeppesen shall inform the Distributor of visits to Custome rs or potential Customers. The Distributor may, at its sole discretion, join Jeppesen on such visits.
         
      b) Sell the Products directly to Customers. Jeppesen will not encourage Customers and potential Customers to deal directly with Je ppesen; ho we ver, the parties recognize and agree that any Customer may, in its sole discretion, chose to deal directly with Jeppesen, which request will not be refused by Jeppesen.

 

  Distributor does not acquire under this Agreement any proprieta ry interest in the Products, the Trademarks or any other trade names, trademarks, logos, patents, know how or other tangible or intangible property of Jeppesen. Distributor acknowledges that it is acquiring hereunder only the right to distribute the Products as specifically provided in this Agreement.
   
  No compensation or other payments will be due to Distributo r for any of its services hereunder other than the profit (if any) it may realize from the sale of the Products as provided under this Agreement.

 

  B. Limitations . This appointment authorizes Distributor to market, sell and distribute the Products on a non-exclusive basis only.
     
    Without the prior written consent of Jeppesen, Distributor shall not, directly or indirectly: transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or appoint any other distributor of the Products. This does not, however, preclude Distributor from appointing agents acting on its behalf. Distributor shall be solely responsible for any action of its agents.
     
  C. Independent Contractor . The parties hereto shall be deemed to be independent contractors, and the employees of one shall not be deemed to be employees of the other. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to make Distributor an agent, employee, joint venturer, partner or legal representative of Jeppesen. Distributor will not have, and will not represent that it has, any authority to bind Jeppesen, to assume or create any obligations, express or implied, to enter into any agreements, or to make any warranties or representations, on behalf of Jeppesen or in Jeppese n’ s name except as expressly authorized herein.

 

3. Obligations of Distributor . In recognition of the particular expertise and commitment necessary to market and distribute the Products, Distributor warrants and represents to, and agrees with, Jeppesen that Distributor has, and during the term of this Agreement will continue to maintain, the capacity, facilities and personnel necessary to perform all the functions that are required to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, includ ing but not limited to the following:
     
  A. Sales and Marketing . Distributor will use its best efforts to vigorously and aggressively promote, market and distribute the Products in accordance with this Agreement. Distributor’s obligations in this regard include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

     

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

  (i) Achieving the annual minimum sales volume set forth in Exhibit A for distribution of Products in order to maintain its distributor status.
     
    After the initial one-year term of the Agreement, the parties will mutually agree on annual minimums to be met in any subsequent years of this Agreement.
     
    If Distributor fails to achieve the annual minimum sales volume in any given year, Jeppesen may, in its sole discretion terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 13.B O} ell.
     
  (ii) Providing for and maintaining Distributor’s own sales organizations adequate and competent to promote and resell the Products effect ively.
     
  (iii) Promoting name recognition of Jeppesen’s brand(s).
     
  (iv) Cooperating with Jeppesen to establish and maintain the standards and reputation of the Products.

 

  B. Distributor will comply with all applicable laws governing the importation, distribution and sale of the Products, including, at is own expense, applying for and obtaining all government approvals necessary for Distributor to carry out its obligations hereunder.
   
  C. Ethical Conduct of Dis tr ibutor. Distributor will:
       
    (i) conduct business in a manner that reflects favorably at all times on the Products and the good name, goodwill and reputation of Jeppesen;
       
    (ii) avoid deceptive, misleading or unethical practices that are, or mig ht be, detrimental to Jeppesen, the Products or the public;
       
    (iii) make no false or misleading representations with regard to Jeppesen or the Products;
       
    (iv) not publish or employ, or cooperate in the publication or employme nt, of any misleading or deceptive advertising material with regard to Jeppesen or the Products;
       
    (v) make no representations, warranties or guarantees to Custome rs or to the industry with respect to the specifications, features, or capabili tie s of the Products which are inconsistent with the literature distributed by Jepp ese n;
       
    (vi) not enter into any contract or engage in any practice detrimental to the interests of Jeppesen;
       
    (vii) not make any payment for political purposes in performing this Agreement, and
       
    (viii) comply with all applicable laws.

 

4. Orders and Delivery. Distributor shall purchase all Products from Jeppe sen. Th e term s set forth below and elsewhere in this Agreement shall apply to all orders of the Products from Jeppesen.

 

 

     

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

  A Distributor shall initiate all purchases of the Products by submi tting purcha se orders to Jeppesen in accordance with Jeppesen’s standard ordering procedures in effect from time to time. All such orders shall be subject to acceptance or rejection by Jeppesen. No purchase order shall be binding on Jeppesen until the earlier of Jeppesen’s acceptance in writing or shipment of the orde red Products and, in the case ofncoeptance by shipmen only as to the portion of the o,det pped
     
  B. All purchase orders submitted to Jeppesen and all sales made to Distributor hereunder shall be governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of a conflict in the terms and provisions between this Agreement and any purchase order, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern and take precedence over any purchase order, and any provision of any purchase order or other document submitted by Distributor which is inconsi stent herewith, or supplementary hereto, is hereby expressly rejected by Jeppesen. Jeppesen will not be liable in any respect for any loss or damage caused by its non-acceptance of any order or by any failure or delay in making deliveries.
     
  C. All shipments are Ex Works (lncoterms 20 l 0) at Jeppesen ‘s princip a l o ffices. Risk of loss or damage to the Products from any cause whatsoever shall transfer to and be borne by Distributor when the Products are placed at the disposa l of the carrier at Jeppesen’ s principaJ offices. For your convenience, Jeppesen will arrange for shipment on your behalf and at your risk and cost. Distributor shall reimburse Jeppesen for all actual shipping charges, premiums for freight insurance and other transportation costs incurred by Jeppesen in shipping the Products to Distributor .
     
  D. Unless otherwise specified by Distributor , Jeppesen shall ship media con ta inin g Products to Distributor. Upon receipt of such media, Distributor shall forward such to the Customer forthwith, and in any event no later than two (2) working days after receipt. Media containing updates shall be deemed received by the Distributor no later than two (2) working days subsequent to such med ia being placed at the disposal of the carrier at Jeppesen’ s principal offices.

 

5. lnstaJlation Support and Updating Services to Customers.
     
  A Lnstallation Support . Distributor shall provide Customers with suppo rt in co nnection with insta llation of the Products.
     
  B Updating Services . Distributor shall provide updating se rvice s to C u stomer s having s ubscri bed to such services in rela tion to the Products in a timely manne r. Dis tri butor shall clarify all relevant details with the Customer for the purpose of provid in g adequate services to it, and provide such information to Jeppesen.
     
  C General Support . Distributor is responsible for providing Custo me rs with the firs t line assistance with difficulties encountered in using the Products , and Distributor will forthwith redirect any addit ional requests for assistance from Customers to Jeppesen.
     
  D Training of Distributor’s personnel. For the purpose of educating Dist ributor’ s personnel to perfonn the support and service set out in Sections 5.A and 5.B , Jeppesen will;

 

  (i) provide a training course for Distributor’ s personnel chosen by Distributor shortly after the commencement of this Agreement, and on late r occasio ns if deemed nec essary by Je ppesen in connection with the rele ase of ne w products or new versions of existing Products. Such trainin g course will be held at place chosen by Jeppesen, free of charge. However , Dis tributo r will be responsible for any costs incurred by Distributor in co nn ec tion with such course, including but not limited to travel and accommodat ion costs for its participants;
     
  (ii) provide technical support by te le phone, fax or e-mai l to Distributor’ s personnel having participated on the course set out in Section 5.D(i) , o r having been re-educated by such personnel, free of char ge.

 

 

 

     

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

    Any training and support in addition that set out in this Section 5.D will be provided by Jeppesen at its sole discretion and subject to separate agreement between the parties.
     
  E. Even though Jeppesen is not responsible for providing installation support and updating services to Distributor’s Customers, Jeppesen will always be entitled to provide such support and services to such Customer upon such Customers’ request and/or in the event that Jeppesen in its sole discretion deems that appropriate in order to safeguard the reputation of Jeppesen and/or of any of Jeppesen’s Products and/or Trademarks.

 

6. Pricing and Payment Terms.
     
  A. The purchase price payable by Distributor for the Products is the list price in the then current Recommended Retail Price List less the discount set forth in Exhibit A
     
  B. Jeppesen shall invoice Distributor upon shipment of Distributor’s orders except for subscription renewals set forth in Section 6.C 0 } <!].
     
  C. For Products ordered by Distributor for Customers with a subscription for updates, Jeppesen shall invoice Distributor for the renewal of the subscription no less than three (3) months prior to the expiry date of any such subscription. The renewal invoice will be based on the same scope of supply as the preceding year, unless Jeppesen has been notified in writing ofany change.
     
  D. All invoices are payable within forty five (45) days of the date of the invoice, regardless of whether or not Distributor has received payment from Customer. In the event Distributor defaults on any payment of invoices and Jeppesen elects not to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 13.B <>}”11, Jeppesen reserves the right to discontinue services and to initiate legal action to collect all amounts due, including the right to collect all reasonable collection costs such as attorney fees, investigation costs, and other court costs. Furthermore, Jeppesen reserves the right to contact the Customer and provide it with updates, without prejudice to any claim Jeppesen may have against Distributor under this Agreement.
     
7. Taxes. Except for Norwegian income taxes imposed on Jeppesen, Distributor will be responsible for and pay all taxes. Taxes are defined as all taxes, fees, charges or duties and any interest, penalties, fines, or other additions to tax, including, but not limited to, income, withholding, sales, use, value-added, gross receipts, stamp, excise, transfer and similar taxes imposed by any domestic or foreign taxing authority arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
     
8. Marketing and Promotion.
     
  A. Sales Documentation Provided by Jeppesen . Jeppesen will furnish Distributor free of charge, and in reasonable quantities, copies of technical documentation, service literature and sales brochures relating to the Products, all of which are in English.
     
  B. Sales Documentation Provided by Distributor. Distributor will provide Jeppesen with any advance advertising, promotional or display materials and stationery and sales documents that Distributor proposes to use in connection with Products. Distributor shall not use any of the foregoing items until the corresponding samples have been approved by Jeppesen in writing. Distributor shall make such changes to the promotional materials as are necessary to comply with Jeppesen’s reasonable requests, if any, regarding the quality or use of such materials. Once approved, Distributor must obtain written approval of Jeppesen before implementing any material changes in any previously approved promotional materials for the Products.

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

    (i) Jeppesen retains full right, title and interest in the copyright and trademark rights of all advertising, promotional and other material s used by Distribu tor in connection with the promotion and sale of the Products. Distributor hereby grants, conveys, and assigns to Jeppesen all right, title and in terest (including copyright, if any) Distributor may have in and to such materials. At Jeppesen’s direction and expense, Distributor will execute all docum e nts and take all actions necessary or convenient for Jeppesen to document, obtain, maintain or assign its rights to such materials, including any copyrights.
       
    (ii) All marketing and promotional efforts of Distributor with respect to the Products shall be at Distributor’s sole expense. For special events (e.g. loca l trade shows) Jeppesen may in its sole discretion provide funding for co marketing. Such co-marketing efforts will be mutually agreed in advance and might be subject to a separate agreement.
       
  C. Demonstration License . Jeppesen will provide Distributor with a “ no cha rge” subscription to the Products for the sole purpose of demonstrating the Produc ts to existing and potential Customers.

 

9. Limited Right to Use Trademarks.
       
  A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Distributor shall have the nonexclusive right to use the Trademarks solely in connection with the promotio n and sale of the Products. Distributor shall not use or authorize the use of the Trademarks for any purpose or use other than as permitted under this Agreement nor use the Trademarks on any promotional materials which have not been approved by Jeppe sen as provided in Section 8 . Upon Distributor’s request, Jeppesen Corporate Communications will provide reproduction and approved electronic graphics for the Trademarks that Distributor is authorized to use.
     
  B. Distributor shall promptly notify Jeppesen in writing and cooperate with and assist Jeppesen in the event (i) any legal action is instituted against Distributor related to Distributor’s use of the Trademarks or any of the Products; or (ii) Distributor becomes aware of any infringement or illegal use by any third party of the Trademarks or any other trade name or trademark used by Jeppesen.
     
  C. Distributor hereby acknowledges and agrees that:
       
    (i) Great value is placed on the Trademarks and the goodwill associated therewith and that the Trademarks and all rights therein and goodwill pertaining thereto belong exclusively to Jeppesen;
       
    (ii) The public and the industry associate the Trademarks with products of consistently high quality;
       
    (iii) The terms and conditions of this Agreement are necessary, reasonab le and essential to assure the public that all goods sold under the Trademarks are of the same consistently high quality as sold to others who are or may hereafter be licensed to sell Products by, under or with the Trademarks; and.
       
    (iv) lt is in the mutual interest of Distributor and Jeppesen to protect and foster the value and reputation of the Trademarks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

  D. Jeppesen retains full right, title and interest in the Trademarks and all rights, registrations, applications and filings with respect to such T rademark s. All use thereof made by Distributor shall be subject at all times to the tenns of this Agreement and such use and the goodwill derived therefrom shall inure to the benefit of Jeppesen. Distributor shall acquire no interest in the Trademarks by virtue of this Agreement, the activities pennitted by this Agreement or its use of the Trademarks. Distributor shall not adopt or use the Trademarks or any confusingly similar name or mark as any trade name, trademark, service mark, company name or the name of Distributor or any entity controlled by Distributor except as pennitted in writing by Jeppesen. Distributor shall not, directly or indirectly do or cause to be done any act contesting or in any way impairing or intending to impair Jeppesen’s rights in the Trademarks or take any other action which may have an adverse effect on Jeppesen’s ownership rights in the Trademarks or other rights appurtenant thereto and diminish or dilute the value, reputation or appurtenant goodwill thereof. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive expiration or tennination of this Agreement.
     
  E. Remedies . Distributor acknowledges that any use of the Trademarks in a manner contrary to the tenns of this Agreement or in derogation of Jeppesen’s rights, whether such rights are explicitly stated, detennined by law, or otherwise, will cause Jeppesen damages, the amount of which are difficult to ascertain with certainty. Accordingly, in the event Distributor uses or attempts to use the Trademarks in a manner contrary to the tenns of this Agreement, Distributor agrees Jeppesen shall have, in addition to all other remedies available to it by virtue of law, the right to injunctive relief enjoining such actions.

 

I0. Internet Domain Name . In the event Distributor has or does secure registration/ownership of a domain name that includes “Jeppesen”, “Jeppesen Marine” or any of Jeppesen’s other Trademarks, Distributor agrees that it shall transfer all ownership and/or licensing rights it may have to Jeppesen. Within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement or the date Distributor secures such registration/ownership, whichever is applicable, Distributor shall effectuate or have effectuated all documents necessary for such a transfer and copied same to Jeppesen. Distributor shall use the following infonnation for transfer of the domain name:

 

  Owner/Licensee: Jeppesen Sanderson, Inc.
  Address:

55 Inverness Drive East

Englewood, Colorado 80112-5498

United States of America

 

11. Limitation of Liability .
     
  A. JEPPESEN WILL HAVE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT LOSS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT LOSS) WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE DISTRIBUTION OF, OR INABILITY TO DISTRIBUTE, PRODUCTS UNDER TI-IlS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF JEPPESEN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN ANY CASE, JEPPESEN’S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY DISTRIBUTOR FOR THE PRODUCTS DURING THE LATEST TWELVE (12) CALENDAR MONTHS. THESE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY DO NOT APPLY IF JEPPESEN HAS ACTED WITH GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE INTEGRAL TO THE AMOUNT OF FEES CHARGED HEREUNDER, AND RECOGNIZE THAT WERE JEPPESEN TO ASSUME ANY FURTHER LIABILITY BEYOND THAT SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION, SUCH FEES WOULD BE SUBSTANTIALLY HIGHER.
     
  B. If an arbitration panel or court of competent jurisdiction detennines that relevant laws in force may imply warranties and liabilities which cannot be excluded or limited or which can only partly be excluded or limited, then the limit on Jeppesen’s liability set forth in this Agreement shall apply to the fullest extent pennitted by law. If Jeppesen cannot exclude or limit a warranty or liability implied by law, this Agreement sha ll be read and construed subject to such provisions of law.

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

12. Indem nification . Distributor will indemnify and hold hannless Jeppesen from and against all claims and liabilities (including claims by third parties) , and costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), incident thereto or incident to succes sfully establishing the right to indemnification, arising out of or in anyway relating to Distri butor’s breach of any of the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, includin g but not limited to Distributor’s obligation under Section 5.8 .$l to provide Customers with updating services in relation to the Products in a timely manner. Distributor’s obligations under this indemnity will survive the termination of this Agreement.
   
13. Tenn and Ten nin ation.
   
  A. Te nn . This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for one (1) year, unless earlier tenninated in accordance with Section 13.B O} iQl. Thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for successive periods of one ( I ) year until terminated in accordance with Section 13.B.
     
  8. Term in ation.
     
    (i) By Either Party . Either party may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon six (6) months prior written notice to the other party.
       
    (ii) By Jeppesen .
       
      a) If Distributor breaches any provision of this Agreement, and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days following written notice by Jeppesen specifying the breach, then Jeppesen may, in addition to any other remedies available to it under this Agreement or applicable law, immediately tenninate this Agreement and any rights granted to Distributor hereunder .
         
      b) Jeppesen may immediately , without any prior notice , terminate this Agreement and any rights granted to Distributor hereunder upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) failure of Distributor to pay any invoice due hereunder within 30 days after expiry of invoice payment term; (ii) a receiver is appointed for any part of Distributor’s property; (iii) Distributor makes a general assignment for the benefits of its creditors; (iv) Distributor becomes insolvent or if bankruptcy or receivership proceedings are initiated by or against Distributor; or (v) Distributor ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its present business.
         
      c) If Distributor fails to achieve the annual minimum sales volume set forth Exhibit A in any given year, Jeppesen may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to Distributor.

 

  C. Effects of Term in ation.
     
    (i) JEPPESEN SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO DISTRIBUTOR FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITIIOUT LIMITATION INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SOLELY ON ACCOUNT OF THE TERMINATION OF TIIlS AGREEMENT. DISTRIBUTOR WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO RECEIVE ANY COMPENSATION OR REPARATIONS (INCLUDING PAYMENTS FOR GOODWILL OR LOSS OF BUSINESS) ON

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

      ACCOUNT OF ANY TERMINATION OF TIIIS AGREEMENT BY JEPPESEN.
       
  (ii) If this Agreement expires or is terminated for any reason, Distributor shall, except as provided below, immediately cease distributing the Products and shall return all documents relating to the Products to Jeppesen. Obligations accrued as of the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement shall remain due and payable notwithstanding expiration or termination, and Distributor shall immediately pay the same.
       
  (iii) Notwithstanding termination or expiration of this Agreement, Distributor may fill those orders for the Products which were received by Distributor on or before the delivery of the notice of termination by Jeppesen.
       
  (iv) In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, Distributor shall provide Jeppesen such assistance as required to transfer the distribution of the Products, including subscriptions for updates of Products, without interruption to Jeppesen or another distributor designated by Jeppesen, including providing Jeppesen with customer lists. Distributor further agrees that from and after termination or expiration of this Agreement, Distributor will not directly or indirectly, speak negatively to any person about Jeppesen or the Products or otherwise make any statements that could reasonably be interpreted to be detrimental of Jeppesen.
       
  (v) Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement in any manner, Distributor will cease its use of the Trademarks in any way and will refrain from the use of any confusingly similar names or trademarks which might lead the public to believe that Distributor continues to sell Products or that its place of business is an authorized sales location for the Products.

 

  D. Survival of Provisions . Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the parties’ respective obligations under Sections 3.C (Ethical Conduct), l l (Limitation of Liability), 12 (Indemnification), 13.C (Effects of Termination), 16.A (Governing Law) and 16.B (Dispute Resolution), and any other clauses that by their nature should survive termination, shall survive any such termination.
     
14. Force Majeure. Neither party shall be responsible or liable for any failure to perform due to unforeseen circumstances or to causes beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, war, riots, embargoes, acts of civil or military authorities, fires, floods, earthquakes, accidents, labor unrest, interruptions in the delivery of required services, failure of communications services, or shortage or failure of other critical materials or services for the duration of any such circumstances or cause.
   
15. Compliance.
     
  A. Compliance with Law. In performing Services hereunder, Distributor shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the United States and each country in which the Services will be performed. Specifically but without limitation, Distributor agrees to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.S. regulations for export control (as further described below), and all other applicable laws related to anti-corruption and export/import. Distributor will not promise, offer or make any payment or gift directly or indirectly to any owner, affiliate, officer, director, employee or representative of any non-U.S. entity, or to any Foreign Official, that would constitute or appear to constitute a bribe, a kickback, or an illegal payment either during or after termination of this Agreement. Jeppesen will be excused from performance and/or may terminate this Agreement if it determines in its sole discretion that Distributor or any agent thereof has engaged, might engage or will engage in any activity that reasonably may be determined to violate U.S. or local law.

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                  

 

    For purposes of this Section, “Foreign Official” means any officer or employee of a non-U.S. government or public international organization, or any agency department or instrumentality thereof, including officers or employees of a government owned, controlled, operated airline or other state-owned enterprise; any person acting on behalf of such government department, agency, instrumentality or public international organization; or any official of any non-U.S. political party or candidate for foreign political office.
     
  B. Export . Each party shall be responsible for its compliance with any applicable export control restrictions, laws and regulations as may be modified from time to time, imposed by the governments of the U.S. and other countries. Distributor shall not attempt to, or knowingly export or re-export the Products covered under this Agreement to any country, or national thereof, prohibited from obtaining such data, either directly or indirectly through affiliates, licensees or subsidiaries of Distributor or Customers. Each party shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain in effect all permits, licenses and other consents necessary to conduct its respective activities hereunder. Nothing in this clause releases Distributor from any obligation stated elsewhere in this Agreement.
     
16. Miscellaneous .
     
  A. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE INTERPRETED UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF NORWAY, EXCEPT THAT NORWAY’S CONFLICTS OF LAWS RULES SHALL NOT BE INVOKED FOR THE PURPOSES OF APPLYING THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
     
  B. Dispute resolution . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or breach thereof, shall be finally settled under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Oslo, Norway. The language of arbitration shall be English. This arbitration clause shall not deprive any of the parties from seeking interim injunctive relief in national courts of competent jurisdiction.
     
  C. No tic e. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently served if dispatched by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered via overnight carrier, in person, or by facsimile to Jeppesen or Distributor as the case may be, at the addresses specified below:

 

  As to Jeppesen: Jeppesen Norway AS
    Attn: Takashi Onitake c/o Jeppesen Japan
    Tohkan-Shiajuku 6F, 3-6-5 Nishi-Shinjuku
    Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 160-0023
    Japan
    Phone: + 81 3 3345 1471 Fax.: + 81 3 3345 1472
    Email: takashi.onitake@jeppesen.com
  with a copy to:: Jeppesen GmbH
    Attn: Contract Administration
    Frankfurter Str. 233
    63263 Neu-lsenburg, Germany
    Fax.: +49-6102-507339

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.                 

 

 

 

  The above-designated addresses for each party may be changed by written notification to the other party.
   
D. Assignme n t. This Agreement is for the benefit of and is binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No rights or duties of either party under this Agreement may be assigned, delegated or contracted to be assigned or delegated by either party except that:
     
  (i) Jeppesen may assign its interest to a corporation that (a) results from any merger or reorganization of Jeppesen or (b) acquires substantially all the assets of Jeppesen;
     
  (ii) Jeppesen may assign any of its rights to receive money;
     
  (iii) Jeppesen may assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, to its parent company, or any who lly-owned subsidiary of Jeppesen provided that Jeppesen will remain responsible for all obligations and liabilities and Distributor will continue to deal exclusively with Jeppesen ;
     
  No action taken by Distributor or Jeppesen relating to the assignment of Distributor’s or Jeppesen’s rights under this Agreement will subject Jeppesen or Distributor to any liability beyond that in this Agreement.
   
E. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and all exhibits attached hereto constitutes the entire agreement between Jeppesen and the Distributor with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements, representations, or understandings not specifically incorporated here in, . The terms of this Agreement may not be amended except by a written document signed by duly authorized representatives of each of the parties. This requirement may only be modified by a written amendment to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.               

 

Exhibit A

 

Products, Discounts and Annual Sales Volume

 

The products covered:
   
1) C-MAP Professional+
   
2) C-MAPENC
   
3) Jeppesen Primar ECDIS Service
   
4) Jeppesen Weather Service
   
5) Jeppesen Piracy Service
   
6) Ocean View

 

 

 

Discounts:
 
25% for C-MAP Professional+
 
20% for all other products and services
 
Territory:
 
Republic of Korea (South Korea)
 
Annual Minimum Sales Volume:
 
Considering Distributor’s vigorous efforts to promote Products in 2012, no annual minimum sales volume is set for 2012.
 
The annual minimum sales volume for FY2013 shall be mutually agreed by the end of December 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract No.               

 

Exhibit B

 

Recommended Retail Price List

 

To be supplied separately

 

 

 

 

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

AGENT AGREEMENT

 

between

 

Hatteland Display AS

Amsosen

5578 Nedre Vats

Norway

(hereinafter referred to as “HD”)

 

and

 

e-MLX Co., Ltd.

9F Seoul Technopark B/D

172 Gongneung 2-Dongm Nowon-gu

Seoul, Korea 139-743

(hereinafter referred to as “E-MLX”)

 

Whereas Hatteland wishes to appoint E-MLX as its sole agent

for sale of their products

in the territory the parties have agreed as follows:

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 1 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

Content  
   
1 Definitions applicable to this Agreement 3
2 Appointment 3
3 Conditions of Sale 3
4 Commission 4
5 Warranty 4
6 Indemnities 5
7 Confidentiality 5
8 Notices 5
9 Termination 6
10 Force Majeure 6
11 Applicable Law and Disputes 6
12 Amendments 7
13 Effective date of contract (E.D.O.C) 7

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 2 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

1. Definitions applicable to this Agreement

 

  Products   HD Monitors, Panel Computers and Computers for Sale to the Marine, Offshore and other suitable markets.

 

  Territory   Korea

 

  Sole Agent   The only agent in the territory. That is, no other agent shall be appointed in the territory during the period in which this agreement is in force.

 

2. Appointment

 

  2.1.   HD hereby appoints E-MLX as its sole agent for the sale of their products in the territory.
  2.2.   E-MLX shall not actively promote competing products in the territory during the period in which this agreement is in force.
  2.3.   In the event of E-MLX being unable to deal with potential customers within the territory for any reason, HD shall be entitled to deal directly with such potential customer. In such event HD shall keep E-MLX informed in all relevant communications to and from the potential customer to enable a mutual close follow-up of all relevant issues.
  2.4.   E-MLX shall have no authority or power to conclude contracts on behalf of HD.
  2.5.   E-MLX shall keep HD advised of potential sales opportunities in the territory and shall refer enquiries to HD as they arise. HD shall keep E-MLX informed in the event of enquiries being received directly from potential customers in the territory.
  2.6.   HD shall evaluate the technical requirements of potential customers and advise E-MLX, including key account description, sales forecasts and application information/requirements, in a format and at such times as shall be specified by HD.

 

3. Conditions of Sale

 

  3.1.   Price
      The products shall be basically sold on the Sales and Delivery Terms of HD and HD shall set the price. In case E-MLX purchase products from HD and want to sell them to customers, E-MLX is free to set its own conditions of sale.
  3.2.   Payment Terms
      E-MLX has payment terms of 30days, net from the day of shipment.
  3.3.   Order Acknowledgement
      Firm orders will be confirmed by HD. Each order acknowledgement indicates specific product quantity, price, delivery dates, bill-to and ship-to addresses and if applicable, any other special instructions.
  3.4.   Delay of Delivery
      If HD at any time anticipates or realises that delivery will be delayed, HD shall immediately notify E-MLX, giving reason for the delay and stating the measures that will be put into effect. HD makes the utmost efforts to settle such problems.
  3.5.   Liability of Hatteland
      Hatteland’s liability for damage to customer or other resulting from failure or defect of the goods and/or delayed delivery shall in no event exceed the purchase price of ordered products.

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 3 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

4. Commission

 

  4.1   HD shall pay E-MLX commission for all orders obtained by effort of E-MLX :

 

  from customers within the territory for delivery within the territory
  from customer within the territory for delivery elsewhere

 

  4.2.   Commission shall be payable at the rate of 7 (seven)% on the invoice value of the products excluding freight and taxes except as in clause 3.2.
       
  4.3.   No commission shall be paid on purchases by E-MLX.
       
  4.4.   Commission shall be paid to E-MLX within thirty working days after receipt of the commission invoice from E-MLX described as in clause 3.3. and under the condition of receipt of payment of the full customer invoice value by Hatteland.
     
  4.5.   Where commission has been paid by HD to E-MLX in respect of an order placed by a customer and the same customer places a subsequent order directly with HD during the period in which this agreement is in force, commission shall be payable, provided that delivery is to take place in the territory or the customer is within the territory and has placed the order from within the territory for delivery elsewhere.
       
  4.6.   If termination of this agreement takes place in terms of clause 5 hereof commission shall be payable in terms of clause 3.3. on applicable contracts for sale of the products concluded prior to the date of termination and on applicable contracts for which price negotiation was entered into but not concluded before date of termination.
       
  4.7.   On termination for whatever reason, E-MLX shall not be entitled to any commission or indemnity or other payment whatsoever other than commission in terms of clause 3.3. hereof.

 

S. Warranty

 

For purchases by E-MLX, HD warrants that all items of Deliverable Items to be delivered free from defects in and malfunctions arising from workmanship, material and design. If E-MLX shall give notice of any defect, deficiency or non-conformance must E-MLX do this within thirty six (36) months from the date of delivery of the Deliverable Items.

For purchases by customers directly with HD, standard HD warranty terms apply.

 

HD shall warrant repaired or replaced items as above, for a period expiring either simultaneously with the initial warranty of the equipment, or six (6) months after delivery of such repaired or replaced item, whichever is the latest.

 

This guarantee shall only apply insofar as the item has been operated and been maintained correctly, in accordance with Hatteland’s recommendations, service manuals produced by HD upon request, on the understanding that the said item has been used under normal operating conditions.

 

Freight cost for warranty claim will be covered by both parties. E-MLX will cover the freight cost from site to HD and HD will cover the freight cost for the return from HD to E-MLX ’s facilities.

 

HD Policies will apply, see web site http://www.hatteland-display.com.

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 4 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

6. Indemnities

 

The Parties shall defend, indemnify and hold each other harmless from all costs, claims, charges, losses, expenses, liabilities, or civil proceedings of every kind for death of or personal injury to their respective employees and for damage to or loss of their respective property or the property of their respective employees, arising out of the performance of this agreement, except when resulting from or contributed to by the gross negligence or willful misconduct by the other Party and/or its employees.

 

Neither Party shall be liable to the other for indirect or consequential losses and damages such as, but not limited to, loss of profit, loss of contract and loss of revenue arising out of the performance of this agreement.

 

Each Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other Party in respect of liability for loss, damage or injury to third Parties resulting from acts or omissions of itself or its employees in connection with the performance of this agreement.

 

7. Confidentiality

 

During the period in which this agreement is in force E-MLX shall keep and assure to keep secret and confidential all information received from HD that is not already known in the public domain. Such obligation shall endure after termination of this agreement until such information becomes public knowledge by publication through HD but to the extent only of such publication.

 

8. Notices

 

Any notice or communication to be made in the frame of this agreement and its performance shall be in writing and sent by prepaid mail, fax or email to the following address and individuals designated for each Party:

 

For e-MLX:    
Name:   Peter Kim, Sales Assistant Manager
Address:   9F Seoul Technopark BID 172 Gongneung 2-Dong, Nowon-gu, Seoul, Korea
Telefax:   +82 2 944 6569
Ph:   +82 2 944 6566
     
For HD:    
Name:   Goetz Vogelmann, Sales Director East Europe & ASIA
Address:   Amsosen,  N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway
Telefax:   +47 5276 5444
Ph:   +47 4814 2200

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 5 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

9. Termination

 

Either Party shall be entitled to terminate immediately, by written notice to the other Party, this agreement and any other order without being liable to the other Party for damage resulting from such termination if the other Party becomes bankrupt or insolvent.

 

In case of material default of a Party, including breach of a major obligation under this agreement or an order, the non-breaching Party shall give the other Party written notice of default, and provided the defaulting Party within twenty-one (21) days has not either remedied or presented a satisfactory action plan to remedy the default, the nonperformance or the breach, the other Party may terminate this agreement.

 

In addition either Party can terminate at any time this agreement within three (3) months’ notice, by registered mail. Consequence of a termination where none of the Parties have breach a major obligation or material default is that the non-breaching

Party shall be allowed to claim to the defaulting Party direct cost linked to such termination.

 

If there is a change of management control or ownership of E-MLX, then in any such case, HD shall have the option to terminate this agreement by notice in writing from such date as it may designate.

 

The Parties shall meet to define by mutual understanding the term and conditions of termination in particular to solve the problems arising from the subsequent cancellation of this agreement. This meeting shall be held before the date of termination

 

10. Force Majeure

 

In the event either Party is prevented from carrying out its obligations hereunder, wholly or in part, for reasons of Force Majeure, then the Party so affected is excused from carrying out its obligations during the continuance of the Force Majeure circumstances.

 

A Party shall notify the other Party in writing as soon as it becomes aware of any Force Majeure event affecting the perfom1ance of its obligations hereunder and of termination of each such Force Majeure event.

 

The term Force Majeure shall for the purpose of this agreement mean an occurrence beyond the control of the Party affected, provided that such Party could not reasonably have foreseen such occurrence at the time of entering into this agreement and could not limited to: act of God, strike, lockout, or other industrial disturbance, act of public enemy, war, blockage, riot, lightening, fire, storm, flood, explosion and Government restriction.

 

11. Applicable Law and Disputes

 

This Agreement shall be governed, construed and take effect in all respects in accordance with the law of the Kingdom of Norway. Any dispute relating to the interpretation shall be sought resolved amicably through negotiations. If negotiations fail, arbitration would be undertaken in the city of Haugesund, Kingdom of Norway. If arbitration fails, the dispute shall be referred to the City Court of Haugesund, Norway

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 6 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL --  

 

12. Amendments

 

Any amendment or waiver to any provision of this agreement shall only be effective upon a written covenant in the form of an amendment to this agreement duly executed by the Parties.

 

13. Effective date of contract (E.D.O.C)

 

This Agreement shall become effective on the date of the occurrence of signature of the agreement by the Parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,

 

the Parties hereto have executed this agreement at place and date hereinafter:

 

Made in two originals in Nedre Vats on the 2011.05.31.

 

For Hatteland Display AS   For E-MLX Co., Ltd.
     
     
Lars Skeljbred-Eriksen   JJ Ung Gyu Kim
VP Sales & Marketing   CEO
     
Place/Date:              Place/Date:  

 

-- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL -- Page 7 of 7

Hatteland Display, AS, Amsosen, N-5578 Nedre Vats, Norway

Tel: (+47) 4814 2200 - mail@hatteland-display.com – www.hatteland-display.com

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

 

BY AND BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

e-MARINE Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of Republic of Korea, with a capital of Ulsan, having its registered office at #401, Bestech Bldg, 30, Jeongdong-ro, Nam-gu, Ulsan, Republic of Korea, registered under the number 314-81-38419,

 

Duly represented by Dr. JJ Ung Gyu Kim, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer,

 

Hereinafter called “COMPANY “.

 

AND

 

ECA SINDEL S.r.l., a company existing and organized under the laws of Italy, whose registered office is at Via Buccari 29, 16153 Genova, ITALY, registered in Genoa under the number 423935,

 

Duly represented by Mr. Guenael GUILLERME, in his capacity as Chairman, Hereinafter called “SINDEL “ ,

 

COMPANY and SINDEL shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as ” Parties” and each of them ” Party” .

 

WHEREAS

 

1. SINDEL is a leading naval simulation company and desire to extend its business in Republic of Korea (hereinafter the ” Territory” ).

 

2. COMPANY is a specialized company to provide vessel navigation system and monitoring solution based on electronic navigational chart.

 

3. The Parties intend to explore the Territory’s civil and military naval simulation market, and have already identified some potential business opportunities in the Territory.

 

4. The Parties now wish to enter this Memorandum of Understanding (hereinafter the “MoU” ) so as to lay down general rules and principles related to: (i) the market exploration in the Territory, (ii) preparation and submission of joint proposal for the business opportunities identified, and more generally (iii) the terms and conditions of the Parties cooperation during the term of this MoU.

 

 

 

 
 

 

CONTENTS:

 

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS   3
ARTICLE 2 - PURPOSE   3
ARTICLE 3 - EXCLUSIVITY   4
ARTICLE 4 - MANAGEMENT   4
ARTICLE 5- IDENTIFICATION AND APPROVAL OF PROJECTS   4
ARTICLE 6 - WORKSHARE   5
ARTICLE 7 - PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS   5
ARTICLE 8- NEGOTIATION   5
ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT AWARD   5
ARTICLE 10- CONFIDENTIALITY   5
ARTICLE 11 - PUBLICITY AND NEWS RELEASES AND SECURITY   6
ARTICLE 12 - INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS   6
ARTICLE 13- FORCE MAJEURE   7
ARTICLE 14- TERM AND TERMINATION   7
ARTICLE 15 - LIABILITY   7
ARTICLE 16 - APPLICABLE LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION   8
ARTICLE 17 - TAXES   8
ARTICLE 18- MISCELLANEOUS   8
ANNEX 1: WORKSHARE   10
ANNEX 2: ANNEX 2: SPECIFIC AGREEMENT TEMPLATE   11

 

 

 

 
 

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and mutual promises contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

 

“ Affiliate(s)”: means , with respect to a Party, an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with the Party, where “control” and “controlled “ means :

 

  (1) holding beneficially at least fifty per cent (50%) of the issued share capital of such other entity; or
  (2) the power {whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  a. cast, or control the casting of, at least fifty per cent (50%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of such other entity; or
  b. appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of such other entity; or
  c. give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of such other entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of such entity are obliged to comply.

 

“ BackgroundIPR” : shall have the meaning set forth in Article 12.2 of this MoU.

 

" Committee “: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 4.1 of this MoU.

 

" Confidential Information”: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 10.1 of this MoU.

 

“ Contract(s)”: means the contract(s) to be awarded by the Customer pursuant to the Tender(s).

 

“Customer(s)”: means any customer in the Territory.

 

“Effective Date” : means the date of signature of this MoU by both Parties.

 

“Fore ground IPR”: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 12.3 of this MoU.

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” or” IPR”: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 12.1 of this MoU.

 

“ Joint Foreground IPR”: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 12.4 of this MoU.

 

“MoU”: shall have the meaning set forth in point 4 of the preamble of this document.

 

“Part”: shall mean the part of the Proposal to be supplied by SINDEL, based on the WorkShare defined in any Specific Agreement.

 

" Project”: shall mean any business opportunity within the Territory for the sale of SINDEL’s Simulator(s) to a Customer, detected by the COMPANY, submitted and accepted by SINDEL in accordance with Article 5.2 of this MoU.

 

“ Proposal(s)”: means the bid(s) submitted by COMPANY, with SINDEL as a subcontractor, in response to the Customer’s requests within a Project.

 

“Specific Agreement “: means the agreement signed by the Parties to set forth special conditions related to any Project.

 

“Simulator”: means all of ECA SINDEL simulators including but not limiting to ASWTT, FMSS.

 

" Subcontract” : shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9.1 of this MoU.

 

“Territory”: shall have the meaning set forth in point 1 of the preamble of this MoU.

 

" Work Share”: shall have the meaning set forth in Article 6.1 of this MoU.

 

ARTICLE 2 - PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this MoU is to set forth the Parties’ current mutual intentions as well as some general rules regarding:

 

  Market exploration in the Territory
  Identification and validation of business opportunities in the Territory
  The mutual preparation, submissionand promotion of any Proposal to the Customer;
  The implementation of any Subcontract between the Parties, if a Contract is awarded to any Party.

 

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 3 - EXCLUSIVITY

 

The Parties agree that, during the term of this MoU, they will perform their respective obligations set forth in this MoU on a non-exclusive basis.

 

ARTICLE 4 - MANAGEMENT

 

4.1. Within one (1) month from the Effective Date of this MoU, the Parties shall establish a committee (the “Committee”) for technical, schedule and marketing support coordination, and more generally for the overall coordination and oversight of the Parties’ activities under this Mou.

 

4.2. More precisely, the role of the Committee shall be to:

 

  Review, discuss and assess the business opportunities and market exploration outcome within the Territory;
  If necessary, review, discuss and decide the terms and conditions of any Specific Agreement, as set forth in Article 5.4 below;
  Review, discuss and coordinate the actions to be undertaken under each Project such as, but not limited to: approval of communication material and/or press release, preparation the Proposal, marking actions to the Customer(s) and budget allocated;
  Review, discuss and coordinate the preparation of each Proposal;
  Discuss and decide any amendment of this MoU, subject to the internal required approvals of each Party;
  Discuss and decide any other action as deemed appropriate for the purpose of this MoU.

 

4.3. Each Party shall initially appoint one (1) representative, each of whom will have sufficient seniority within the applicable Party to make decisions arising within the scope and purpose of this Mou. Each Party may replace its representative at its own discretion, at any time upon ten (10) days written notice sent to the other Party. Each Party may invite non-members (including consultants and advisors of a Party), at its own costs and expenses, who are under an obligation of confidentiality consistent with this MoU, and provided that such participants shall have no voting rights at the Committee.

 

4.4. The Committee shall meet as frequently as required, but in no event less than two (2) meetings every year. The meetings of the Committee may be held in person or by audio or video conference. The date, agenda and practical details of the meetings will be determined by mutual agreement by the Parties and sent by the Party organizing the meeting no later than fifteen (15) calendar days before the meeting.

 

4.5. Any decision to be taken by the Committee shall be subject to a vote, one (1) voting right per Party, on a unanimous basis. The Committee shall not deliberate and vote unless all of its members are present or duly represented. If the Committee fails to reach a unanimous decision on any matter, the Committee shall submit the respective positions of the Parties with respect to such matter for resolution by the legal representatives of the Parties.

 

4.6. The chair and secretariat of the meeting will be alternatively borne by each Party. The drafting of the minutes of each meeting shall be under the responsibility of the chairperson and transmitted by him/her to the other Party without delay. The minutes of each meeting shall be considered as accepted by the other Party if, within fifteen (15) calendar days from receipt, the receiving Party have not objected in writing to the minutes.

 

ARTICLE 5 - IDENTIFICATION AND APPROVAL OF PROJECTS

 

5.1. Any business opportunity detected by the COMPANY in the Territory regarding Simulator(s) shall be immediately communicated in writing to SINDEL.

 

5.2. Upon receipt, the business opportunity shall be promptly analyzed and reviewed by SINDEL:

 

  If approved in writing by SINDEL, then it shall become a Project and the Parties shall discuss and negotiate the terms and conditions of a Specific Agreement in accordance with Article 5.3 below.
  If rejected in writing by SINDEL, or in absence of a reply within sixty (60) days, the business opportunity shall be immediately dropped and no further action shall be undertaken for this business opportunity.

 

5.3. For each Project, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of a Specific Agreement , on the basis of the template in Annex 2. Once agreed, the Specific Agreement will be signed by both Parties’ legal representatives.

 

 

 
 

 

5.4. Failure to agree on the terms and conditions of a Specific Agreement, each Party may convene the Committee who shall review, discuss and decide the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in accordance with Articles 4.2 and 4.5 above. Failure by the Committee or by each Party’s legal representatives to take a decision in accordance with Article 4.5 above may result in termination of this MoU.

 

ARTICLE 6 - WORKSHARE

 

6.1. The Parties have already agreed to a general allocation of work between themselves, as set out in Annex 1 of this MoU (hereinafter the “WorkShare”).

 

6.2. However, for each Project, the Parties may agree on some deviations to the WorkShare. In such case, any deviation must clearly be mentioned in the Specific Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7 - PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS

 

7.1. Unless otherwise agreed in writing in the Specific Agreement, COMPANY shall be nominated in the Proposal as the prime contractor and shall have overall responsibility for the submission of the Proposal to the Customer for each Project. The Parties agree to jointly prepare the Proposal in accordance with the terms of this Article 7.

 

7.2. SINDEL agrees to provide COMPANY with an offer in due time for its Part, based on the WorkShare defined in Annex 1 of this MoU, as may be further amended by a Specific Agreement.

 

7.3. Unless otherwise agreed in writing in the Specific Agreement, SINDEL shall be nominated in the Proposal as the sub-contractor for its Part. COMPANY shall obtain SINDEL’s prior written approval prior to any modification (including financial) of SINDEL’s Part of the Proposal.

 

7.4. Each Party shall bear its own costs involved in the marketing, preparation and submission of Proposal.Any joint commercial and/or marketing activity shall be previously approved in writing by both Parties, as set forth in Article 4.2.

 

7.5. Each Party shall disclose such technical and commercial information to the other Party, as will be necessary to enable Proposal to be prepared, presented and discussed with the Customer by the COMPANY with the assistance of SINDEL as hereinafter provided.

 

ARTICLE 8 - NEGOTIATION

 

The COMPANY shall be responsible for carrying out negotiations with the Customer in connection with the Proposal, and SINDEL shall provide its assistance for its Part. SINDEL shall be promptly kept informedof the progress of any negotiations and the COMPANY agrees that no amendment shall be made to SINDEL’s Part without obtaining the prior written agreement of SINDEL.

 

ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT AWARD

 

9.1. If a Contract is awarded to the COMPANY pursuant to a Proposal, then the COMPANY agrees to subcontract the Part to SINDEL, and the Parties will enter into negotiations to sign a subcontract based upon (in the following order of priority): (i) SINDEL’s terms and conditions included in the offer mentioned in Article 7.2 of this Mou , (ii) the terms and conditions of the Specific Agreement related to the Project, (iii) the terms and conditions of this MoU, and (iv) any alteration and amendment thereto as may be agreed between the Parties (the ” Subcontract “).

 

9.2 . Notwithstanding the final amount and content of the Contract awarded to the COMPANY, the Parties agree that the amount of SINDEL’s Part under a Subcontract shall in no event be lower than the amount of SINDEL’s offer, unless otherwise previously agreed in writing by SINDEL.

 

ARTICLE 10 - CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1. For the entire duration of the MoU and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, each Party shall keep confidential the existence, source and content of this MoU as well as any other information of whatever nature provided by the other Party, including but not limited to information about business, finances, assets, liabilities, dealings, transactions, know-how, products, customers, suppliers, processes, or affairs of the other Party, whether or not marked “ Confidential’ or “ Proprietary” (hereinafter the “Conf i dential Information “ ).

 

 

 
 

 

10.2. Each Party agrees that any Confidential Information received from the other Party shall not be used in whole or in part for any purpose other than the performance of its obligations under this MoU, without the prior written consent of the disclosing Party.

 

10.3. The Parties however acknowledge that the obligations contained in the Article 10.1 shall not apply to information which the receiving Party can prove:

 

  a. is already in the possession of, or which is previously known to, the receiving Party at the time of its receipt from the disclosing Party other than by breach of the Article 10.1 of this MoU;
  b. is obtained from a third party who is permitted to disclose such information, or has been generated by the receiving Party, without any use of the Confidential Information received from the disclosing Party;
  c. is independently developed by the receiving Party without reliance on the disclosed Confidential Information;
  d. is or comes into the public domain other than by breach of the present Article 10.1 of this MoU;
  e. is previously approved in writing for disclosure by the disclosing Party; or
  f. is disclosed by the receiving Party pursuant to judicial order, requirement of a governmental agency or other operation of law, provided that the receiving Party informs the disclosing Party promptly after receiving notice of its obligation to make such disclosure, and takes reasonable steps to limit the scope of such disclosure .

 

10.4. Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing and given the nature and purpose of this Mou, the Parties agree that any Party may freely disclose all information, including Confidential Information to any of its Affiliates, related companies, partners or subcontractors, on a need to know basis only.

 

ARTICLE 11 - PUBLICITY AND NEWS RELEASES AND SECURITY

 

11.1. No release shall be made by either Party to the news media or the general public relating to its participation in this MoU without the prior written approval of the Committee, according to the Article 4.2 of this MoU. The Parties further agree that any such news release made by a Party shall recognize the participation and contributions of the other Party.

 

11.2. To the extent the obligations of the Parties hereunder involve access to information classified information, the corresponding regulations of the appropriate Government agency, as applicable, shall apply.

 

ARTICLE 12 - INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1. In this MoU, the term “Intellectual Property Rights” or” IPR” means all rights in inventions, patents, designs, utility models, whether registered or not, copyright, trade secrets, know-how, software, discoveries, improvements, concepts, models, drawings, secret formulae and processes and all rights to confidential or proprietary information and all other rights of a similar nature throughout the world including all applications for any such protection and rights to apply for any of the same and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding trade and service marks and trade names, whether registered or not.

 

12.2. All the Intellectual Property Right which are generated, developed or acquired by each Party before and/or independently of the cooperation under this MoU (“BackgroundIPR”) shall constitute IPR of such Party that shall be the owner of the relevant rights.

 

12.3. All the IPR which are generated, developed or acquired separately by each Party during the cooperationunder this MoU (“Foreground IPR”) shall constitute IPR of the Party having created or acquired it, which shall be the owner of the relevant rights, unless otherwise decided mutually between the Parties.

 

12.4. All the IPR which are effectively jointly generated, developed or acquired by both Parties in the frame of the cooperation under this MoU and which are not divisible for separate applications (“Joint Foreground IPR”) shall constitute joint IPR of the Parties, that may jointly apply for the relevant protection.

 

Each of the Parties may use Joint Foreground IPR for internal purposes only without restriction, provided that should any Party wish to grant a license of Joint Foreground IPR to any third party, other than any subsidiary, affiliate company, such Party shall notify the other Party in advance and agree with it in writing regarding the licensing terms. Such licensing terms should take into account the respective contributions of the Parties to the creation of such Joint Foreground IPR. Such licensee shall not be allowed to sub-license or to transfer the license without prior approval of the Parties.

 

 

 
 

 

Any form of legal protection in Joint Foreground IPR shall (unless the other Party decides not to contribute to said legal protection) be applied for and taken out in the joint names of the Parties, and the Parties shall make such arrangements between them for the upkeep and abandonment of relevant legal protection.

 

12.5. Nothing in the MoU may be construed as granting each Party any license nor right in any IPR belonging to the other Party.

 

12.6. Notwithstanding the preceding Article, each Party hereby accepts to grant to the other Party, on demand, for the duration of this MoU and subject to the terms and conditions herein, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, revocable right to use its sole Background IPR and Foreground IPR that are strictly needed for the performance of its obligations under this MoU, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this MoU.

 

ARTICLE 13 - FORCE MAJEURE

 

13.1. Each Party shall not be liable for failure to perform any of its obligations under the MoU if such failure is caused by or arises as a result of an event of force majeure resulting directly or indirectly from any cause which is beyond its reasonable control including, but not limited to the following examples: fire, flood, strike, acts of God, changes of the regulatory environment, acts of governmental or military authorities, civil unrest, terrorism and war.

 

13.2. As soon as reasonably possible, the Party suffering from a force majeure event shall notify the other Party in writing of any occurrence of an event of force majeure, the estimated extent and duration of its inability to perform its obligations under the MoU. Each Party shall use all reasonable endeavors to minimize the effects of the force majeure event.

 

ARTICLE 14 -TERM AND TERMINATION

 

14.1. Unless prematurely terminated as provided in Article 14.2 below, this MoU shall remain in full force and effect until December 31st , 2017.

 

14.2. This MoU, except for these articles regarding Confidential Information, IPR, Applicable law, dispute resolution, and all other provisions which, by nature survive expiration or termination shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

 

  a. If the Parties fail to agree on the terms and conditions of any Specific Agreement, in accordance with Article
    5.4 of this MoU;
  b. In the event of any breach by the other Party not remedied within thirty (30) days of receiptof written notice requiring it so to do;
  c. If a force majeure event, as defined in Article 13.1 of this MoU, lasts more than thirty (30) days;
  d. If the other Party ceases its activity, is ordered or adjudged bankrupt, is placed in the hands of a receiver, enters into any scheme or composition with creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
  e. If an enforceable criminal sentence is passed against the other Party or its executives and shareholders which would to the opinion of the innocent Party prevent such innocent Party from reasonably continuing its collaboration with the other Party.
  f. By mutual agreement of the Parties;

 

14.3. Upon termination of this MoU, each Party shall have the right to pursue alone, or to contract with others in connection with the purpose, subject to the respect of Articles 10 and 12 of this MoU.

 

ARTICLE 15 - LIABILITY

 

15.1. Each Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from all claims, costs, damages, or expenses of any kind, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of litigation, for personal or property damage arising out of that Party’s performance required by this MoU. This Article shall remain applicable after the termination or expiry of this MoU.

 

15.2. To the fullest extent permitted by any applicable law, neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for any indirect, special or consequential damages, or loss of profits, arising in connection with any of its obligations or duties under this MoU.

 

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 16 -APPLICABLE LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

16.1. The interpretation, validity and performance of this MoU and its subsequent amendments shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales, without regard to its conflict of law principles.

 

16.2. The Parties shall make every effort to resolve amicably any dispute that may result from the interpretation and/or performance and/or validity of this MoU.

 

(a) Arbitration. Failing settlement in an amicable way within one (1) month, any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this MoU or the interpretation hereof or any arrangements relating hereto or contemplated herein or relating to its violation, termination or invalidity shall be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. It is specifically understood and agreed that any disagreement, dispute or controversy which cannot be resolved between the Parties, including without limitation any matter relating to the interpretation of this MoU, shall be submitted to arbitration irrespective of the magnitude hereof, the amount in controversy would otherwise be considered justifiable or ripe for resolution by a court or arbitral tribunal. This MoU and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall remain in full force and effect pending the award in such arbitration proceeding, which award shall determine whether and when termination shall become effective, unless a Party, in its unfettered opinion, considers and evidences that continuation of the MoU is substantially detrimental to its own interests.

 

(b) Number of Arbitrators. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, all of whom shall be either an attorney or former judge with experience in international commercial agreements and, in particular, the implementation and interpretation of international contracts.

 

(c) Place of Arbitration. The place of arbitration shall be London, United Kingdom.

 

(d) Language of Arbitration. The language to be used in the arbitration shall be the English language.

 

(e) Finality and enforcement of Award. Any decision or award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Parties to the arbitration proceeding.

 

ARTICLE 17 -TAXES

 

Each Party shall be responsible for its respective present and future taxes, duties, tariffs, fees, imports and other charges of any kind imposed upon the responsible Party by any taxing authority as a result of the performance of the Party’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 18 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1. Relationship. This MoU shall not be construed to create any employment relationship or association between SINDEL (including its Affiliates) and the COMPANY.

 

18.2.  Injunctive Relief. The Parties agree that any breach of this MoU may result in irreparable harm to the non defaulting Party for which damages would be an inadequate remedy and, therefore, in addition to its rights and remedies otherwise available at law, the non-defaulting Party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunction, in the event of such breach.

 

18.3. Modification. This MoU constitutes the expression of the full and total understanding of the Parties and it may only be amended by an addendum signed by the two Parties’ representatives, upon Committee’s approval.

 

18.4. Headings. The headings of this MoU are solely references which must not in any circumstance affect the content thereof.

 

18.5. Assignment. No Party shall neither assign nor transfer (except to its Affiliates), entirely or in part, the rights and obligations derived from this MoU without the express and prior authorization of the other Party.

 

18.6. Costs. Each Party shall be responsible for its own costs of negotiation, drafting and conclusion of this MoU.

 

18.7. Waiver. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any rights hereunder, except where the law provides otherwise.

 

18.8. Language. This MoU has been drawn up in English, and the Parties agree that the English version shall be valid and binding.

 

 

 

 
 

 

18.9. Interpretation. The Parties agree that reference to (i) one gender includes the other, and (ii) the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular;

 

18.10. Notices. All notices required or contemplated by this MoU from any of the Parties shall be in writing and shall be delivered either: (i) by personal delivery, (ii) by registered airmail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) by fax, or email. All notices delivered by airmail, fax or email shall be addressed to the Parties at their addresses set forth in this Article, which addresses may be changed from time to time by notice delivered in accordance with this Article. The effective date of any notice delivered in accordance with this Article, as the case may be, shall be (i) the date of personal delivery, (ii) the day of receipt of registered airmail, or (iii) the first business day after transmission of fax or email.

 

The addresses, to which notices shall be sent, until a different address is specified by notice as above provided, are:

 

e-MARINE Co., Ltd. - #401, Bestech Bldg, 30, Jeongdong-ro, Nam-gu, Ulsan, Republic of Korea

Attn: Mr. Peter Kim

Tel: +82 70 7204 9345

Fax: +82 2 2266 9666

Email: peter-kim@eMARINE.co.kr

 

ECA SINDEL S.r.1- Via Buccari 29, 16153 Genova , ITALY

 

For Legal matters: For any other matters:
Attn: Legal Department Attn: Sales Department
Tel: +33 494 089 000 Tel: + 39 010 601 88 28
Fax: +33 494 089 070 Fax: + 39 010 604 98 40
Email: legal@ecagroup.com Email: eca-sindel@ecagroup.com

 

18.11. Rights of Third Parties. A person who is not a party to this Mou shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this MoU, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists, or is available, apart from that Act.

 

18.12. Severance. In the event of invalidity of any provision of this MoU, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this MoU and further agree to substitute a valid provision for the invalid one in accordance with the relevant legislation .

 

18.13. Anti-corruption. Each Party shall comply with all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, and codes relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption including but not limited to the provisions of the OECD Convention of December 17th, 1997 relating to the corruption of foreign public officials in international commercial transactions and their transposition into any applicable national law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this MoU in duplicate (each shall be deemed an original) by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

 

 
 

 

ANNEX 1: WORKSHARE

 

The Parties already covenant to the following general workshare shall be used as a basis for each Project. Deviation(s) to this WorkShare may be agreed by the Parties on a case by case basis:

 

1.1 For SINDEL:

 

  Provides COMPANY with marketing information
  Generates proposal for COMPANY
  Attends meetings and discussions with potential end-users organized by COMPANY
  Supplies software and proprietary hardware
  Conduct and responsible for Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
  Integrate all simulator components
  Support onsite installation and commissioning
  Support onsite acceptance tests (OSAT)
  Provides training to COMPANY for local installation and commissioning services

 

1.2 For COMPANY:

 

  Front line sales activity of SINDEL solution in the Territory
  Arrange joint customer meeting
  Proposal work for simulator project
  Manage Customer contractual relationship.
  Purchase off the shelves simulator hardware system in the Territory
  Deliver COMPANY offered components (cf. ECDIS and others) into simulator, if any
  Conduct onsite installation and commissioning
  Conduct and responsible for On-site Acceptance Test (OSAT)

 

 

 
 

 

ANNEX 2: SPECIFIC AGREEMENT TEMPLATE

 

1. Definitions:

As per MoU

 

2. Project name:

To be completed

 

3. Customer name:

To be completed

 

4. Price and payment terms:

As per SINDEL’s offer

 

5. Technical specifications of the Part:

As per SINDEL’s offer

 

6. Deviation to the WorkShare:

To be completed if any

 

7. Delivery:

As per SINDEL’s offer

 

8. Warranty:

As per SINDEL’s offer

 

9. Termination:

As per Article 14.2 of the MoU, and if the Contract(s) related to the Project is(are) awarded to any party other than the COMPANY.

 

10. Liability:

As per Article 15 of the MoU

Liability cap: to be completed

 

11. Insurance:

 Each Party covenants, represents and warrants that it shall effect and maintain at its own costs , all applicable insurances as required by law and to cover its obligations under the Project, and shall provide the other Party with such insurance certificate at first request.

 

12. Other conditions:

As per Mou

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Reseller Agreement

 

This Reseller Agreement (Agreement) is entered into between SevenCs GmbH, Ruhrstraße 90, D-22761 Hamburg, registered In the commercial register of the local court in Hamburg under HRS 102941 (SevenCs) and

 

HYUNDAI e-MARINE , 3F Adora 8/D. 173-2 Jangchung-dong 2(i), Jung-gu, 100-392 Seoul, KOREA (the Reseller’}.

 

A. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS

 

The Parties agree that the following Specific Conditions and each order of the Reseller under this Agreement shall be subject to (i) the General Conditions set out in section B. below and (ii) the General Terms and Conditions of SevenCs (Version of September 2009), which are annexed to this Reseller Agreement as Annex A.

 

1. In-scope Products

EC2007 ECDIS Kernel

ENC Tools

ORCA product line

2. Territory
South Korea
3, Format and frequency of Reseller’s reports to Sevencs
annually
4. Discounts to List Prices

EC2007 ECDIS Kernel = Annex D of this agreement ENC Tools= current valid Reseller price list

ORCA product line = current valid Reseller price list

5. Payment Conditions
Payment shall be made within 30 days after receipt of invoice without any reduction.
6. Term of this Reseller Agreement

Effective Date: 01.10.2012

Initial Term: 3 years from the Effective Date

Notice period for ordinary termination: 3 months

 

 

 
 

 

7. Support Services and Fees
n/a
8. Training and Fees
8.1 In accordance with §9.2, SevenCs will provide 2 days Reseller Training free-of-charge. All costs for travel, etc. will be borne by reseller. The training can be done online.
8.2 If required reseller receives 1 set of ENC Tools and 1 license of ORCA for demonstration, training and support purposes. The software will be registered annually.
8.3 Dally rate(s) of SevenCs’ representatives for the provision of additional training assistance are 1,000,- Euro/day. All costs for travel, hotel and expenses have to be borne by the Reseller.

9. Contact Details for Notices  
SevenCs Bjorn Röhlich Reseller Dr.JJKim

10. Additional Provisions

Use of Kernel:

HYUNDAI e-MARINE is entitled to do bug-fixing and support for their existing Kernel customers. Any kind of new development regarding HYUNDAY e-MARINE’s Kernel is not allowed. The SevenCs’ Kernel source code may not be used either In whole or in part without SevenCs’ permission. In case of violation, the business relationship will be terminated and HYUNDAI a-MARINE has to pay USO 500,000 penalty to SevenCs.

 

Resale of ECDIS Kernel:

Basically the purchase order from the end-customer should be placed directly at SevenCs. If the end-customer prefers to order via the Reseller, the full company and contact details have to be reported to SevenCs.

 

Existing Reseller Agreement:

This Reseller Agreement replaces the existing agreement between e-MLX Co. Ltd and SevenCs GmbH effective from June 1st, 2010.

11. Further Agreements
In addition to this Reseller Agreement the Parties enter into the following Agreements:
[x) Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

 
 

 

B. GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

  1. GENERAL
     
  1.1 SevenCs has developed the software products that are further described in the Specific Conditions of this Agreement. SevenCs wishes to sell specific products to competent and reliable distributors in a defined contract territory who will sell the SevenCs the Products independently for their own account.
     
  1.2 Reseller wishes to resell and distribute SevenCs’ Software to its customer (Customers). Reseller considers that it has the necessary market presence within the Territory to buy SevenCs’ Products, sell them to its Customers and grant the necessary licenses to its Customers.
     
  1.3 SevenCs expects the Reseller to meet SevenCs particular quality requirements and to do justice to the reputation of the SevenCs brand in their activities in the relevant market. This also includes adequate services to the Customers purchasing the Products.
     
  2. APPOINTMENT AS RESELLER, IN-SCOPE PRODUCTS AND TERRITORY
     
  2.1 In accordance with the conditions of this Reseller Agreement, SevenCs appoints the Reseller as its non-exclusive Reseller for the marketing and selling of the in-scope Products within the Territory, both as referred to and defined in the Specific Conditionsof this Agreement.
     
  2.2 Reseller shall not actively market or sell any Products outside the Territory during the term of this Agreement.
     
  2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Reseller acknowledges and agrees that SevenCs retains the right to market, sell and distribute and support the Products in the Territory.
     
  3. PROMOTION OF PRODUCTS AND FURTHER COOPERATION
     
  3.1 Reseller will promote the Products of SevenCs and will acquire potential customers who wish to license any of the SevenCs Products in the Territory. Reseller shall take care of the interests of SevenCs with the due care of a responsible businessman. Reseller will at no time make any misrepresentations or false statements regarding the Products.
     
  3.2 SevenCs shall assist Reseller In the performance of his duties by providing Reseller with information concerning the delivery, business conditions, prices and other information on the Products. SevenCs shall immediately inform Reseller on any modification in relation to the Products, the price list or other delivery or payment conditions.
     
  3.3 Reseller shall exclusively act in its own name and for its own account when marketing and selling the Products to Customers. The relationship of the Parties shall be and remain at all times one of independent contractors. Reseller is not authorized to act on behalf of or to commit SevenCs.

 

 

 
 

 

  3.4 Reseller keeps SevenCs informed of its activities and supplies Sevencs with information on economic developments, market conditions and activities of relevant competitors in the Territory. The reports of the Reseller shall have the format and frequencyfurther determined in the Specific Conditions.
     
  3.5 If SevenCs has reasonable grounds to believe or if the circumstances indicate that a Customer may have violated the license terms or is likely to violate them as defined in sevenCs’ End User License Agreement (SevenCs EULA), Reseller shall, upon SevenCs’ written request, provide the Customer data needed to verify any possible violation of the license terms. In all other respects, Reseller shall be under no obligation to release Customer Date to SevenCs. If information on Customers is provided to SevenCs In other cases, this is only on the Initiative of the Reseller and in the Reseller’s best interest.
     
  4. PURCHASE OF PRODUCTS AND PAYMENT
     
  4.1 During the tenn of this Agreemen,t Reseller agrees to buy Products from SevenCs according to the provisions of this Agreement and SevenCs agrees to offer to Reseller the corresponding Products and supply such Products following the acceptance of each order by SevenCs.
     
  4.2 Reseller shall buy the Products from SevenCs at the prices specified In SevenCs then current price list (as amended from time to time) or for those Products that may not be on such price list as separately advised by SevenCs, minus the applicable discounts agreed in the Specific Conditions (if any). Discounts may be granted by SevenCs on the basis of specific actual or projected sales volumes.
     
  4.3 The prices in SevenCs price list or the prices separately advised are without obligation to Reseller with respect to its Reseller prices. These prices merely indicate selling prices SevenCs wishes to charge for the Products In its own distributing activities. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Reseller may determine Its own reselling prices for the Products as well as for any other products or services. SevenCs’ right to sell all of its products to its own customers at different prices shall remain unaffected.
     
  4.4 SevenCs may make any additions, changes or deletions in relation to its Products and price list at any time and in Its sole discretion.
     
  4.5 Reseller shall order Products from SevenCs (i) by mail or (Ii) by telefax or e-mail, which must be immediately followed by a written purchase order sent by mail, to the addressee set out in the Specific Conditions of this Agreement. The placement of a purchase order shall not be binding upon SevenCs until the purchase order is accepted by a duly authorised officer of SevenCs.
     
  4.6 Once an order of the Reseller has been accepted by SevenCs, SevenCs prepares the required CD-ROM(s) or other data carrier with the Software and the licenses documents and necessary details for registration of the Products at Customer’s hardware, opens a separate registration permit on the SevenCs registry robot and forwards these items by parcel service as soon as possible to Reseller. In case of Dongle registration SevenCs supplies Reseller with the corresponding number of Dongles as licenses purchased. Reseller takes care for delivery of all items to the Customer.

 

 

 
 

 

  4.7 Upon delivery of the order Software and any ancillary items to Reseller, SevenCs issues an invoice to Reseller. Unless otherwise agreed in the Specific Conditions payment shall be made by Reseller within 30 days in accordance with the General Terms and Conditions of SevenCs to the bank account specified in the invoice.
     
  5. RESELLER LICENSE
     
    SevenCs hereby grants to Reseller for the term of this Agreement the non-exclusive right to use, sublicense and distribute the In-scope Products supplied by SevenCs according to this Agreement in the Territory solely in the object code in each case. Reseller is not entitled to modify, reverse engineer, de-compile, disassemble, or derive source code form the Products except to the extent permitted by law. The Reseller may not transfer such right to any third party.
     
  6. END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
     
  6.1 Reseller will grant sub-licences to Customers required for the use of the purchased Product. For this purpose, Reseller will require customer to be bound by the SevenCs End User License Agreement set out in Annex C (SevenCs EULA). Reseller undertakes to provide the Products only to Customers who agree to be bound by the SevenCs EULA.
  6.2 Reseller shall be free to enter into further obligations vis- -vis its Customer or to otherwise deviate from the SevenCs EULA, provide that non of the deviations are to the disadvantage of SevenCs. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain unaffected thereby.
     
  7. THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
     
  7.1 SevenCs will provide the Licensed Software free of third party rights except those listed in Annex B of this Agreement.
     
  7.2 Reseller acknowledges and agrees that the Products may embed, invoke or otherwise use. or require the use of, the third party software set out in Annex B of this Agreemen.t for which SevenCs does not hold or provide any licenses. Clauses 5 and 6 shall not apply to such third party software.
     
  7.3 The Products may also invoke software or software components embedded in operating systems such as Windows 2000 / XP / Vista, LINUX or others. Reseller acknowledges and agrees that the use of such software components wlll be subject to the relevant manufacturer’s End User License Agreements (EULA) provided with the relevant operating system.
     
  8. SUPPORT
     
  8.1 All Products are offered by SevenCs exclusive of any support services. Reseller may require SevenCs to provide support services in accordance with SevenCs’ standard support agreement (covering updates and hotline) to each of the Reseller’s Customers In the Territory. Reseller informs SevenCs in writing about any Customer that wishes to receive support services from SevenCs. SevenCs will enter into a support agreement with such Customer.

 

 

 
 

 

  8.2 Reseller ensures that no update or other support services of SevenCs are forwarded or otherwise directly or indirectly made available to a Customer that have not ordered software support from SevenCs under a respective support agreement. For each violation thereof, Reseller shall by to SevenCs a penalty at the amount equal the price for the standard software support applicable if the relevant Customer had entered into a Support Agreement with SevenCs.
     
  9. TRAINING
     
  9.1 Training on the use of the In-scopeProducts, relevant standards for such products or other common activities between Reseller and SevenCs is offered to Reseller on the basis of separate agreements. Unless otherwise agreed, the following provisions will apply to such activities.
     
  9.2 Reseller nominates one of its employees who will be trained at SevenCs and become a SevenCs certified trainer. This person will be respons ible for training of In-scope Products to Reseller’s Customers. The certificate is non transferable. The certified Trainer needs to receive refreshlng courses at least every 24 months.
     
  9.3 For the purpose of training, SevenCs provides Reseller licenses of the In-scope Products for the duration of this Agreement at a number and at a price determined In the Specific Conditions. Unless otherwise agreed, the training licenses are limited to twelve month runtime and are re-issued every twelve month. Reseller acknowledges and agrees that these licenses are not for use of commercial data production.
     
  9.4 Reseller agrees that it presents the SevenCs logo and the full name and address of SevenCs on the front page of its training material, i.e. handbooks, slides, presentations, posters and videos, that is related to the In-scope Products and that has been compiled by Reseller. A note on the source must be included to the Introductory of the Reseller training material if the training material quotes textual or pictorial information that was provided by SevenCs.
     
  9.5 SevenCs reserves the right to review the Reseller training material on the In-scope Products. Reseller agrees to forward a copy of such training material upon SevenCs’ request.
     
  9.6 Reseller has the option to call for assistance by SevenCs when performing training for the In-scope Products at the daily rate agreed in the Specific Conditions. The travel expenses for the SevenCs representative are to be paid by Reseller. When calling for training assistance, Reseller shall inform SevenCs minimum one month ln advance.
     
  9.7 SevenCs reserves the right to increase the rate for training assistance once in a year. SevenCs shall inform Reseller accordingly in advance.
     
  10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     
    Notwithstanding any limitation of liability under the General Terms and Conditions of SevenCs, in no event shall SevenCs’ cumulative liability for any claim arising in connection with this Agreement exceed the amount of the total fees and charges paid to SevenCs by the Reseller under this Agreement during the twelve months preceding the occurring of any such claim.

 

 

 
 

 

  11. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
     
  11.1 Subject to clause 7, SevenCs warrants (gewShrleistet) that the Products are free from any third party rights. If a third party makes any claim against Reseller because of its use of the Products, Reseller shall immediately notify SevenCs of any such claims without undue delay and shall, upon SevenCs request, adequately support SevenCs in the defence against such claims and allow SevenCs to conduct any legal proceedings or negotiations with the third party. SevenCs shall have no obligation with respect to any such claim of infringement based upon Reseller’s or its Customers’ modtficatlon of the Products or their combination, operation or use with devices, data or computer programs not provided by Sevenc s.
     
  11.2 If a claim of Infringement as described above occurs, Reseller shall allow SevenCs, at SevenCs’s option and expense, (i) to modify the Products so that they will no longer infringe any rights while performing substantially the same function, (ii) to obtain for Reseller the right to continue using the Products, or (iii) if (i) and (ii) are not reasonably procurable, require Reseller to return the Products in exchange for a refund of the license fees paid less linear depreciation on a five (5) year basis.
     
  11.3 Reseller will hold harmless and defend SevenCs at its own expense against any claims for damages as a result of any specification or code as provided by Reseller infringing any copyright of third parties.
     
  12. TERM ANO TERMINATION
     
  12.1 If not other Effective Date is set out in the Specific Conditions, this Agreement shall become effective when signed by both Parties.
     
  12.2 This Agreement shall remaln in force and effect for the period set out in the Specific Conditions (Initial Tenn ). In the event that no Party terminates this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term or any extension period, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed from year to year. The notice period for any such termination shall be three months, unless otherwise agreed in the Specific Conditions of this Agreement.
     
  12.3 Each Party’s right to terminate the Agreement for good cause (aus wichtigem Grund) shall remain unaffected. In particular, each Party may terminate this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) if the other Party has a receiver appointed over any of his assets, becomes insolvent or enters into liquidation, or if a petition in bankruptcy is filed by or against him, or if he makes an arrangement for the benefit of his creditors,
     
  (b) if the other Party ceases doing business,
     
  (c) if the other Party defaults In payment or breaches any term or material, i.e. substantial, condition of the Agreement and does not rectify such default or breach within the time period stipulated by the requesting Party by written notice (this time period shall be reasonable and not less than 15 days); the Parties agree that repeated defaults in the performance of any obligation is deemed a material breach,
     
  (d) if the Party’s competitors should get, directly or indirectly, influence over the business of the other Party or an interest in the other Party’s company,

 

 

 
 

 

  (e) If the other Party should get, directly or indireclty, an interest in a competitor of the Party, or
     
  (f) in any other event which gives the right to cancellation according to the applicable law.

 

  12.4 Any termination notice must be issued in writing.
     
  13. SIGNATURES

 

 

 

 
 

 

Annex A - General Terms and Conditions of SevenCs

 

  1. SCOPE
     
  1.1 The following General Terms and Conditions (G TCs) shall apply to all agreements between SevenCs and its customers, solution partners, resellers, licensees or any other parties (each a Business Partner). SevenCs will sell and deliver programs, program elements and data (S oftware) and will perform services only in accordance with these GTCs.
     
  1.2 Any terms and conditions of a Business Partner, which are contrary to or deviating from these GTCs shall not be binding on SevenCs unless expressly confirmed by SevenCs in writing.
     
  1.3 The delivery of Software and/or performance of services without reservation or performance of services shall not constitute an acceptance of the Business Partner’s terms and conditions.
     
  2. OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE
     
  2.1 All deliveries of Software or performance of services must be agreed In separate written agreements (Agreement(s)). The provisions set forth in the Agreement shall prevail In the event that the provisions set forth in the GTCs are Inconsistent or contrary to the provisions set forth of the Agreement. Amendments of, or altera1ions to, any Agreement must be In writing to be effective. A waiver of the written form requirement shall not be effective unless ln writing.
     
  2.2 SevenCs’ offers (including, but not limited to, price lists, price quotas, delivery dates, time limits, product descriptions and other performance data) are not binding and are subject to change without notice, unless expressly otherwise agreed in writing.
     
  2.3 In order to become binding, SevenCs must confirm any order or oral agreement by an order acknowledgment (in writing, by telefax or via e-mail) and an Agreement is only concluded upon issue of such order acknowledgment of if signed by both Parties. Any references in brochures, advertisements, internetpages or other publications shall be considered a performance description only and no warranty of quality (Beschaffenheitsgarantie.)
     
  2.4 SevenCs retains ownership rights and copyrights to all illustrations, drawings, calculations and other documents delivered in its quotations and correspondence and the Business Partner must destroy these or return them to SevenCs if requested.
     
  3. PRICES, PAYMENT CONDITIONS
     
  3.1 The terms and conditions for the transfer of the Software and the performance of services are set forth in detail in the Agreements. All agreed prices are quoted · ex works”, are payable in Euros and exclusive of the applicable value added tax.
     
  3.2 The costs for additional services or performances which become necessary because of incorrect or incomplete information provided by the Business Partner , indicated defects that cannot be verified and inappropriate handling of the Software by the Business Partner shall be borne by the Business Partner.

 

 

 

 
 

 

  3.3 SevenCs reserves the right to reasonably increase any recurringfees upon giving the Business Partner three months’ prior written notice. Should such fees be increased by more than 10 % at a time, the Business Partner shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with due notice. Increases may not occur in intervals of less than twelve months.
     
  3.4 SevenCs will charge for data carriers and other accessories at current list prices.
     
  3.5 All payments become due on the agreed date. If no due date has been expressly agreed for certain payments, then the date of actual delivery of the Software or performance of the relevant services shall be the due date for the payments to be made by the Business Partner. If the Business Partner has not paid on time the Business Partner shall pay interest on the amount outstanding of 8 percent p.a. above the prime rate pursuant to Section 247 of the German Civil Code (8GB) from the due date to the payment date.
     
  3.6 The Business Partner shall not have any set-off or retention rights unless its counterclaims are undisputed, non-appealableor acknowledged by SevenCs.
     
  4. RETENTION OF TITLE
     
  4.1 The Software provided under the Agreements shall remain the property of SevenCs until all payments due under the business relationship have been received in full. In any event, any additional goods supplied by SevenCs for test purposes (such as data carriers, accessories etc.) shall remain the property of SevenCs.
     
  4.2 The Business Partner shall not be entitled to pledge or assign the Software, goods and services covered by the Agreement. In case of any pledging or other intervention of the Software or other goods by third parties, the Business Partner shall Immediatelyinform the third party in writing that SevenCs is the owner of the Software and other goods and inform SevenCs in writing so that SevenCs can institute legal proceedings pursuant to Section n1 of the German Code of Civil Procedure (ZPO). If and to the extent that the third party is not able to refund SevenCs’ in and out-of-court costs of legal proceedings pursuant to Section 771 of the German Code of Civil Procedure, the Business Partner shall be liable for the costs, losses and damages incurred by SevenCs.
     
  4.3 If the Business Partner Is in breach of the Agreemen,t particularly in case of delays of payments, SevenCs shall be entitled, after having set a reasonable period of time, to claim the return of the Software supplied. The measure of claiming the return of the Software supplied shall not constitute a rescission of the contract unless SevenCs expressly declares so in writing.
     
  5, DELIVERIES, PASSING OF RISK, INSURANCE
     
  5.1 Any Software may, at the Business Partner’s choice, be retrieved by Internet via “ftp server” or may be dispatched by SevenCs on data carriers of agreed specifications. If the Business Partner wishes to retrieve the Software by internet via “ftp-server”, SevenCs will set up a personal internet account for the Business Partner. Immediately after full payment has been received by SevenCs, SevenCs will provide to the Business Partner a code number with which the Business Partner may access the Software. The Business Partner Is obliged to retrieve the Software via internet within the time span agreed in the Agreement.

 

 

 
 

 

  5.2 The agreed delivery dates of the Software and the agreed dates for the performance of services are subject to the provision that all technical and administrative prerequisites of the Agreement have been fulfilled and that the Business Partner has fulfilled its obligations in time.
     
  5.3 If any goods or services of SevenCs’ own suppliers are not provided, are not provided correctly or are not provided in time for reasons beyond SevenCs’ control or in case of force majeure, SevenCs shall - within its entire discretion - be entitled to postpone the delivery of the Software and the performance of services for the continuance of the respective obstacle and a reasonable start-up period or to rescind the Agreement either in whole or in part in respect of the part of the Agreement not fulfilled. Interruptions of operations (e.g. due to fire, machinery breakdown, shortage of raw material or energy), strikes, lock-outs, governmental action or the refusal to grant official permits (e.g. export licenses), even if they concern SevenCs’ suppliers or their sulrsuppliers, and any other obstacles which are not caused by SevenCs’ fault shall be equivalent to events of force majeure. The above provisions shall also apply to any default on SevenCs’ part due to circumstances mentioned therein. SevenCs shall inform the Business Partner immediately of the occurrence of any such obstacle.
     
  5.4 SevenCs shall not be in default with the delivery of the Software or the performance of other services as long as the Business Partner is in default with the performance of any of its obligations arising out of the business relationship towards SevenCs, in particular making available free of charge the necessary preconditions for the performance of the services agreed upon in the Agreement.
     
  5.5 In the event of a slightly negligent (leicht fahrli3ss ig ) delay in delivery, SevenCs’ liability shall not exceed 15 % of the purchase price of the invoice value of the delayed Software and services, unless the delay in delivery constitutes a breach of a material contractual duty. In the event of delay of delivery due to gross negligence or in the event of a breach of a material contractual duty, SevenCs’ liability shall be limited to the typically foreseeable damage and loss.
     
  5.6 The limitation of liability pursuant to clause 5.3 shall not apply, if time is of the essence (kaufmtlnnisches Fixgeschiift) or if the Business Partner justifiably claims that due to the delay its interest in fulfilment of the Agreement has ceased to exist.
     
  6. WARRANTIES
     
  6.1 The Business Partner shall inspect the Software supplied without undue delay (ohne schufdhaftes Z6gem) . If discovering any defects, the defect shall be notified promptly in writing, however not later than within seven working days following receipt of the Software. In case of hidden defects (versteckfe Ml:inge . the notification shall be made immediately in writing, however not later than seven working days after the defect has been discovered. If the Business Partner fails to notify the defect in due form and time, the Software supplied shall be deemed accepted. The date of SevenCs’ receipt of the notification shall be decisive for the timeliness of the notification of defects.
     
  6.2 Any damage In transit shall be notified to the carrier. The duties of notification under the General Terms and Conditions for German Forwarding Agents (Allgemeine Deutsche Spediteurbedingungen) shall apply to any such damage or loss.

 

 

 
 

 

 

  6.3 SevenCs shall not be liable for defects resulting from improper utilization of the Software (such as - without being limited to - the unpermitted alteration of the Software or the unpermltted link to other software, programs, program elements or data), from the use of unsuitable resources or from an unusual operating environment.
     
  6.4 In case of any defects of the Software, SevenCs shall, at its entire discretion, be entitled to require subsequent performance (NacherfOllung ) by either remedying the defect (including in particular, through the provision of a temporary or permanent work-around) or by supplying Software free from defects. In case of remedying the defect. Sevencs shall bear the costs incurred for the remedial action only up to the amount of the purchase price. SevenCs may refuse subsequent performance in accordance with the statutory provisions.
     
  6.6 If and to the extent SevenCs does not comply with Its obligations pursuant to clause 6.4 or if the subsequent performance fails under the statutory provisions, the Business Partner shall be entitled to rescind the Agreement or to reduce the purchase price subject to the requirementslaid down by law.
     
  6.6 Any further claims of the Business Partner for damages or reimbursement of expenses resulting from or in connection with defects, irrespective of their legal basis, shall be exclusively subject to clause 7.
     
  6.7 The limitation period for warranty claims - except for claims for damages - shall be twelve months from the passing of risk.
     
  7. GENERAL LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     
  7.1 Unless otherwise stipulated in these GTCs, SevenCs’ liability for all claims for damages or reimbursement of expenses asserted against SevenCs, irrespective of the legal grounds of such damage claims, shall be limited pursuant to the provisions of 1his clause.
     
  7.2 In the event of slight negligence, SevenCs shall only be liable, if it fails to meet material contractual duties endangering the purpose of the Agreement. Any other liabilityfor slight negligence shall be excluded.
     
  7.3 In the event of liability pursuant to clause 7.2, In the event of gross negligence and in the event of strict liability, SevenCs shall only be liable for the typically foreseeable damage or loss, but exclusive of useless expenses incurred by the Business Partner.
     
  7.4 None of the provisions in this clause 7 shall affect SevenCs’ liability (i) pursuant to the German Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz), (ii) for injuries to a person’s life, body or health, (iii) for expressquality warranties (Beschaffenheitsgarantie) or (iv) for fraud.
     
  7.5 Any limitation or exclusion of SevenCs’ liability shall also apply to the same extent with respect to SevenCs’ corporate bodies, legal representatives, executive and non executive staff and other vicarious agents (Erfillfungsgehilfen).
     
  8. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS
     
  8.1 Except to the extent otherwise agreed in a relevant Agreemen,t SevenCs reserves all rights and title in relation to the Software in accordance with this clause 8.

 

 

 
 

 

  8.2 SevenCs retains all proprietary and intellectual property rights, especially title and copyrights, to the Software and the accompanying materials (e.g. documentations, instructions and manuals) provided to the Business Partner.
     
  8.3 The Software and accompanying materials are protected by copyrights. The Business Partner shall neither remove any existing identity, copyright or other identification marks, nor shall the Business Partner disable any display thereof.
     
  8.4 The Business Partner shall not be entitled to alter, to extend, to modify or to adapt the Software and accompanying materials in any form whatsoever. Furthermore, the Business Partner shall neither be entitled to print out the program code or data - unless data printouts are designated by the Agreement - or to decompile program or data code into any other code, nor shall the Business Partner be entitled to reverse engineer the Software.
     
  8.5 The Business Partner shall neither be entitled to sell, to grant license or sublicense to or to hire or lend out the Software and accompanying materials, nor shall the Business Partner be entitled to affect SevenCs’ rights concerning the Software and the accompanying materials in any other way or by any other means without SevenCs’ prior written approval.
     
  8.6 The Business Partner shall be entitled to copy the provided Software only, if such copy is necessary for the use of the Software. A copy which shall be deemed to be necessary for the use of the Software shall be the installation to the deployed mass storage and its download to RAM. Furthermore, the Business Partner may make one backup copy for the purpose of archival storage.
     
  8.7 In the event that the Business Partner changes the hardware, the software shall be deleted irrevocably from the old hardware. The Business Partner shall not be entitled to download, to store or to use the Software simultaneously on more than one hardware system, especially, but not limited to, deploying it into a network area or a multicomputer workstation environment.
     
  8.8 Upon termination of the Agreement, the Business Partner shall cease to use the Software and its accompanying materials and shall return, free of charge, the Software, the provided data carriers and accompanying materials. Furthermore, the Business Partner shall delete irrevocably any and all copies of the Software (including the back-up copy referred to in clause 8.6 above) and the accompanying materials.
     
  9. MISCELLANEOUS
     
    Notices
     
    All notices to be given under any Agreement shall be given in writing in the German or English language and shall be delivered, unless otherwise specified, by mail, by telefax or e-ma il to the addressee and the contact specified for this purpose in the relevant Agreement, or shall be delivered in person with an acknowledgement. signed by the representative of the receiving Party. Each Party may change the contact details for notices specified in any Agreement with prior written notice and such change shall become effect one week after its receipt by the other Party.

 

 

 
 

 

  9.1 Costs
     
    Unless otherwise explicitly agreed in the relevant Agreement, each Party will bear its own cost for the preparation, negotiation and performance of the relevant Agreement and these GTCs.
     
  9.2 Confidentiality
     
    The specific conditions of each Agreement, includingin particular any information on prices, shall be deemed confidential in nature and the Business Partner shall not divulge any such conditions to any third parties except as me be required by law. If the Parties have entered into a specific non-disclosure agreement, the terms and conditions of such agreement shall prevall this clause.
     
  9.3 Language and Interpretation
     
    As regards terms for which anywhere in the relevant Agreement or these GTCs a German term has been inserted in brackets and/or italics, such German term alone (and not the English term to which it relates) shall be binding for the Interpretation of the respective provision.
     
  9.4 Entire Agreement
     
    The relevant Agreemen,t together with its Annexes and these GTCs, will be the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties in relation to the subject matter of the relevant Agreement and will supersede any prior agreement whether written or oral, except as otherwise expressly agreed in clause 9.2 or elsewhere in the relevant Agreement or these GTCs.
     
  9.5 Severability
     
    Should individual provisions of any Agreement or these GTCs be or become legally ineffective or unenforceable in whole or in part, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. The same applies if this Agreement contains a gap. The Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to agree that the Ineffective or unenforceable provisionsshall be replaced, and such gap be filled, by an appropriate provision which, to the extent legally possible, comes as close as possible to what parties concluding this Agreement would have intended had they been aware of such issue at the conclusion of this Agreement.
     
  9.6 Assignment of Rights
     
    The Business Partner may not assign its rights and claims under the Agreement to any third party unless SevenCs has given its prior approval in writing.
     
  9.7 Place of Performance
     
    Place of performance for all services and obligations under each Agreement shall be the place of business of SevenCs, unless otherwise provided for in the relevant Agreement
     
  9.8 Legal Venue
     
    For any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with the Agreement and these GTCs, the courts at SevenCs’ place of business shall have jurisdiction. SevenCs, however, shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings against the Business Partner at its residence.
     
9.9 Applicable Law
     
    The laws of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to each Agreement and these GTCs, without regard to the conflict of law rules of the Federal Republic of Germany. The United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods (C/SG) shall be excluded.
     
    Version: September 2009

 

 

 
 

 

Annex B -Third Party Rights

 

1. Third Party Software used or embedded in SevenCs’Products

 

SevenCs Product  

Third Party Software

  Version
    used or embedded -    
FME S-57 Writer   FME Professional   1.x
         
         
         

 

2. LicenseInformation

 

Third Party Software   Link to license lnfonnation of manufacturer
FME Professional   http://www.safe.com
     
     
     

 

3. Important Note

 

     
  The SevenCs Software may also Invoke software or software components embedded In operating systems such as Windows 2000 / XP / Vista, LINUX or others. The use of such software wlll be subject to the relevant manufacture'rs End User License Agreement provided with the operating system.  
     

 

 

 

 
 

 

Annex C - SevenCs End User License Agreement

(SevenCs EULA)

 

ECDIS Kernel

 

The provisions of this EULA (the Agreement) apply to the use of above-mentioned software product manufactured by SevenCs (the Software) and (i) distributed by an authorised reseller (Resellet) to its customer (the Customer,; or (ii) provided to the Customer by the Reseller or directly by SevenCs in the form of updates, upgrades or in whatever form as part of support services of SevenCs provided either by Reseller or directly by SevenCs.

 

  10. END USER LICENSE
     
  10.1 SevenCs directly, or through Reseller, grants to Customer the non-exclusive, perpetual right to use the Software supplied by the Reseller or directly by SevenCs In the object code form on a single computer. The Software is in use on a computer within the meaning of the previous sentence when It is loaded into the temporary memory (I.e. RAM) or installed into the permanent memory (e.g. hard disk, CD ROM, or other storage devices) of that computer.
     
  10.2 Customer may only use the Software for its own purposes and its own operation. The Customer may not sub-license, rent, lease or lend the Software to a third party, or make it available to third parties in way allowing the third party to use the software for its own or the purposes of a another person.
     
  10.3 Customer is not entitled to modify, reverse engineer, de-compile, disassemble, or derive source code form the Software except to the extent permitted by law.
     
  10.4 The Customer may not transfer its right to use the Software to any third party.
     
  11. DONGLE PROTECTION
     
    Customer acknowledges and agrees that the Software can only be used with and requires the use of, hardware of software components (Dongle), which ensure that the Software can only be used after registration at SevenCs and with the hardware or system in which it has been initially installed.
     
  12. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF SEVENCS
     
  12.1 SevenCs retains all proprietary and intellectual property rights, especially title and copyrights, to the Software and the accompanying materials (e.g. documentations, instructions and manuals) provided to the Customer.
     
  12.2 The Software and accompanying materials are protected by copyrights. The Customer shall neither remove any existing identity, copyright or other Identification marks, nor shall the Customer disable any display thereof.
     
  12.3 The Customer shall not be entitled to alter, to extend, to modify or to adapt the Software and accompanying materials in any form whatsoeve.r Furthermore, the Customer shall neither be entitled to print out the program code or data - unless data printouts are designated by the Agreement - or to decompile program or data code into any other code, nor shall the Customer be entitled to reverse-engineer the Software.

 

 

 
 

 

  12.4 The Customer shall neither be entitled to sell, to grant license or sublicense to or to hire or lend out the Software and accompanying materials, nor shall the Customer be entitled to affect SevenCs’ rights concerning the Software and the accompanying materials in any other way or by any other means without SevenCs’ prior written approval.
     
  12.5 The Customer shall be entitled to copy the provided Software only, if such copy is necessary for the use of the Software. A copy which shall be deemed to be necessary for the use of the Software shall be the installation to the deployed mass storage and its download to RAM. Furthermore, the Customer may make one backup copy for the purpose of archival storage.
     
  12.6 In the event that the Customer changes the hardware, the software shall be deleted irrevocably from the old hardware. The Customer shall not be entitled to download, to store or to use the Software simultaneously on more than one hardware system, especially, but not llmited to, deploying it into a network area or a multicomputer workstation environment.
     
  12.7 Upon termination of the Agreement, the Customer shall cease to use the Software and its accompanying materials and shall return, free of charge, the Software, the provided data carriers and accompanying materials. Furthermore, the Customer shall delete irrevocably any and all copies of the Software (including the back-up copy referred to in clause 8.6 above) and the accompanying materials.
     
  13. THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
     
    Customer acknowledges and agrees that the Software may embed, invoke or otherwise use, or require the use of, the third party software, for which SevenCs does not hold or provide any licenses. The Software may also Invoke software or software components embedded in operating systems such as Windows 2000 I XP I Vista, LINUX or others. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Agreement do not apply to such third party software components. Instead, the use of such software components will be subject to the relevant manufacturer’s End User License Agreements provided with the relevant operating system.
     
  14. TERMINATION
     
    SevenCs may only terminate this Agreement for good cause if the Customer is in material breach with the conditions of this Agreement and subject to the statutory provisions. Any termination rights of the Reseller shall remain unaffected.
     
  15. GENERAL LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     
  15 .1 SevenCs’ liability for all claims for damages or reimbursementof expenses asserted against SevenCs, irrespective of the legal grounds of such damage claims, shall be limited pursuant to the provisions of this clause.
     
  15.2 In the event of slight negligence, SevenCs shall only be liable, if it fails to meet material contractual duties endangering the purpose of this Agreement. Any other liability for slight negligence shall be excluded.
     
  15.3 In the event of liability pursuant to clause 7.2, In the event of gross negligence and in the event of strict liability, SevenCs shall only be liable for the typically foreseeable damage or toss, but exclusive of useless expenses incurred by the Customer.

 

 

 
 

 

  15.4 None of the provisions in this clause 15 shall affect SevenCs’ liabillty (i) pursuant to the German Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz), (ii) for injuries to a person’s life, body or health, (iii) for express quality guarantees (Beschaffenheitsgarantie) or (iv) for fraud.
     
  15.5 Any limitation or exclusion of SevenCs’ liability shall also apply to the same extent with respect to SevenCs’ corporate bodies, legal representatives, executive and non executive staff and other vicarious agents (ErfOl/ungsgehlifen).
     
  16. MISCELLANEOUS
     
  16.1 Severability
     
    Should individual provisions of this Agreement be or become legally ineffective or unenforceable in whole or in part, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. The same applies if this Agreement contains a gap. The Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to agree that the ineffective or unenforceable provisions shall be replaced, and such gap be filled, by an appropriate provision which, to the extent legally possible, comes as close as possible to what parties concluding this Agreement would have intended had they been aware of such issue at the conclusion of this Agreement.
     
  16.2 Assignment of Rights
     
    Customer may not assign its rights and clalms under this Agreement to any third party unless SevenCs has given its prior approval in writing.
     
  16.3 Place of Performance
     
    Place of performance for all obligations under this Agreement shall be the place of business of SevenCs.
     
  16.4 Legal Venue
     
    For any and all disputes arlsing out of or In connection with this Agreement, the courts at SevenCs’ place of business shall have jurisdiction. SevenCs, however, shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings against the Customer at its residence.
     
  16.5 Applicable Law
     
    The laws of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to this Agreement, without regard to the conflict of law rules of the Federal Republic of Germany. The United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods (C/SG) shall be excluded.
     
  Version: September 2009

 

 

 
 

 

Annex D - Reseller Conditions for ECDIS Kernel

 

1. EC2007 ECOi$ KERNE L

 

 

 

 
 

 

Contract for Electronic System Development

 

Project: Development of CBM System for HIEMS-DF Engine

Price: 234,000,000 WON

Period: March 1 st 2017 ~ January 31 st 2019 (23 Months)

Payment Terms

 

Deposit   When Contracted   66,000,000       28 %
First Middle Payment   2017 September   75,000,000       32 %
2nd Middle Payment   2018 April   69,750,000       30 %
Rest   2019 January   23,250,000       10 %

 

Installation Location: Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE Inc. (“The Provider”) agree to execute all matters written in the Contract and each party keeps a signed copy.

 

March 29 th 2017

 

The Customer

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

1000, Bangeojinsunhwando-ro, Dong-gu, Ulsan, Republic of Korea

 

The Provider

 

e-MARINE Inc.

15-14, Samsan-ro 308beon-gil, Nam-gu, Ulsan, Republic of Korea

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Intra-Ship Integrated Gateway Contract
Smart Ship Technology Solution for Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

Project: ISIG(2) for Hyundai Heavy Industries

Contract No. (HHI): W170123A20001

Price: 21,670,000 Won

Period: February 22nd 2017 – March 28 th 2017

Payment Terms

 

Product   Unit   Installation Date   Price  
COMPUTER INTRA SHIP INTEGRATED GATEWAY   1   March 21st 2017     9,950,000 Won  
COMPUTER INTRA SHIP INTEGRATED GATEWAY   1   March 28th 2017     9,950,000 Won  

 

  Payment per each installation
     
  Installation Site : Hyundai Heavy Industries ACONIS
     
  The agreement is in full effect when there is no refusal for five working days

 

Ordering: Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE Inc. (“The Supplier”) agree to execute all matters for [ISIG(2) for Hyundai Heavy Industries]

 

January 23 rd 2017

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Optimal Voyage System Development Contract
Smart Ship Technology Solution for Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

Project: Platform based Optimal Voyage System Development

Price: 98,400,000 Won

Period: January 2nd 2017 – March 30 th 2017

Purpose: The Provider (e-MARINE Inc.) executes and share research results to the ordering (Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.)

Research Schedule: The basic schedule for the research is determined by Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE Inc. (“The Supplier”) agree to execute all matters for [Platform based Optimal Voyage System Development]

 

December 28th 2016

 

The Ordering

 

Oh Gap Kwon

CEO of Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

The Provider

 

Ung Gyu Kim

CEO of e-MARINE

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Information Communication R&D Business Contract
Total ICT Industry 4.0(Shipbuilding & Maritime) R&D

 

Project: SMART Remote Maintenance System Software Development

Price: 3,600,000,000 Won

Period: October 1 st 2016 ~ December 31 st 2019 (39 Months)

Payment Terms

 

First Year   400,000,000  
Second Year   1,000,000,000  
Third Year   1,200,000,000  
Fourth Year   1,000,000,000  

 

Customer: National IT Industry Promotion Agency

Project Leader: Min Sik Park (e-MARINE CTO)

Participants

 

  e-MARINE Inc. (the leader)
     
  GMT Co, Ltd.
     
  Ulsan University
     
  A-dic Inc.
     
  Medium-Small Shipbuilding Research Institution

 

National IT Industry Promotion Agency (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE (“The Leader”) and four participants agree to execute all matters for [Total ICT Industry 4.0(Shipbuilding & Maritime) R&D ]

 

September 29 th 2016

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED Asset Purchase Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 14th day of February, 2017.

 

BETWEEN:

 

REGI U.S. , a corporation pursuant to the laws of the State of Oregon.

 

(the “ Purchaser ”)

 

AND:

 

REG TECHNOLOGIES INC ., a corporation pursuant to the laws of the Province of British Columbia.

 

(the “ Vendor ”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. the Vendor operates a business of developing and building an improved axial vane-type rotary engine known as the RadMax® rotary technology (the “ Technology ”) used in the design of lightweight and high efficiency engines, compressors and pumps;
   
B. the Purchaser wishes to acquire and the Vendor wishes to sell, transfer, convey, assign, and deliver, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, all of Vendor’s legal and beneficial rights, title and interests in and to and under all Assets (as defined below) (the “ Acquisition ”), including all past and future income, royalties, damages and payments due (including, rights to damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or misappropriations) with respect thereto, in each case, of the Vendor in all countries relating to such Assets (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”), free and clear of all Encumbrances (as defined below); and
   
C. the Vendor is listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (the “ Exchange ”) and the Transaction (as defined below) may result in the de-listing of the Vendor from the Exchange.

 

In consideration of the undertakings of the parties, their mutual promises and covenants, and other valuable consideration as provided, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. – INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement and in the schedules, the following terms and expressions will have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Agreement ” means this asset purchase agreement and all instruments amending it; “ hereof ”, “ hereto ” and “ hereunder ” and similar expressions mean and refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section, or other subdivision; “ Article ”, “ Section ” or other subdivisions of this Agreement followed by a number means and refers to the specified Article, Section or other subdivision of this Agreement;

 

     
 

 

  (b) Acquisition ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals;
     
  (c) Assets ” means all assets of the Vendor including, but not limited to, the Patents listed in Schedule A hereto and all continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, patent cooperation treaty equivalents, and foreign counterparts of the Patents listed in Schedule A hereto;
     
  (d) Assessment ” shall include a reassessment or additional assessment and the term “ assessed ” shall be interpreted in the same manner;
     
  (e) Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a statutory holiday in the Province of British Columbia or any other day on which the principal chartered banks located in the City of Vancouver are not open for business during normal banking hours;
     
  (f) Closing ” means the completion of the Transaction pursuant to this Agreement at the Closing Time;
     
  (g) Closing Date ” means the date this Agreement is entered into as shown on the first page of the Agreement;
     
  (h) Closing Time ” means 10:00 am in the City of Vancouver on the Closing Date or such other time on the Closing Date as the Parties may agree upon as the time at which the Closing shall take place;
     
  (i) Consent ” means a license, permit, approval, consent, certificate, registration or authorization (including, without limitation, those made or issued by a Regulatory Authority, in respect of a Contract, or otherwise);
     
  (j) Consideration Shares ” has the meaning ascribed in Section 2.2;
     
  (k) Contract ” means any agreement, understanding, indenture, contract, lease, deed of trust, license, option, instrument or other commitment, whether written of oral;
     
  (l) Technology ” means the axial vane-type rotary engine known as the RadMax® rotary technology;
     
  (m) Disclosure Documents ” has the meaning ascribed in Section 3.2 (10);
     
  (n) Encumbrances ” means mortgages, charges, pledges, security interests, liens, encumbrances, actions, claims, demands and equities of any nature whatsoever or howsoever arising and any rights or privileges capable of becoming any of the foregoing;
     
  (o) Exchange ” has the meaning ascribed in the recitals hereto;
     
  (p) ITA ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada);
     
  (q) Law ” or “ Laws ” means all requirements imposed by statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, by-laws, decrees, codes, policies, judgments, orders, rulings, decisions, approvals, notices, permits, guidelines or directives of any Regulatory Authority;

 

     
 

 

  (r) Licensed Patents ” means all Licensed Patents and Know How listed in Schedule B hereto and all continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, patent cooperation treaty equivalents, and foreign counterparts of the Licensed Patents listed in Schedule B hereto;
     
  (s) Loss ” and “ Losses ” mean any and all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including without limitation, interest, penalties, fines and reasonable attorneys, accountants and other professional fees and expenses, but excluding damages for lost profits or lost business opportunities and excluding any indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by the Purchaser or the Vendor;
     
  (t) Patents ” means any United States, Canadian or foreign patents and applications (including provisional applications), patents issuing from such applications, certificates of invention or any other grants by any court, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state, provincial, county, local or foreign governmental authority, instrumentality, agency commission or subdivision thereof, including the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Canadian Intellectual Property Office and the European Patent Office, for the protection of inventions, or foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing;
     
  (u) Parties ” means the Vendor and the Purchaser and any other person that may become a party to this Agreement, and Party means any one of them;
     
  (v) person ” includes any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, syndicate, association, trust, government, governmental agency and any other form of entity or organization;
     
  (w) Purchased Assets ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital B;
     
  (x) Purchase Price ” has the meaning ascribed in Section 2.2;
     
  (y) Transaction ” means the Acquisition and the ancillary transactions contemplated by this Agreement including the Change of Business of the Purchaser;
     
  (z) Transaction Disclosure Document ” means the document describing the Transaction, required to be distributed to the Purchaser’s shareholders and filed with the Exchange pursuant to Exchange Policy 5.2, being either (i) an information circular on Exchange Form 3D1 if approval of the Purchaser’s shareholders is being sought at a special meeting, or (ii) a filing statement on Exchange Form 3D2 if shareholder approval is sought by way of consent resolution;
  (aa) U.S. Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended ;
     
  (bb) Regulatory Authority ” means any government, regulatory or administrative authority, agency, commission, utility or board (federal, provincial, municipal or local, domestic or foreign) having jurisdiction in the relevant circumstances and any person acting under the authority of any of the foregoing and any judicial, administrative or arbitral court, authority, tribunal or commission having jurisdiction in the relevant circumstances;
     
  (cc) Reporting Jurisdictions ” means British Columbia and Alberta;

 

     
 

 

  (dd) Securities Laws ” means the securities laws, regulations, rules, rulings and orders and the blanket rulings and policies and written interpretations of, and multilateral or national instruments adopted by, the securities regulators and the policies and rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation or stock reporting system, including the Exchange;
     
  (ee) SEDAR ” means System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval, the mandatory electronic document filing and retrieval system for Canadian public companies;
     
  (ff) Special Meeting ” means the meeting of the Purchaser’s shareholders to be called and held to consider the Transaction, if required by the Exchange;
     
  (gg) Transaction ” means the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets and all other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

1.2. Best Knowledge

 

Any reference herein to “ the best knowledge ” of the Vendor will be deemed to mean the actual knowledge of the directors of the Vendor, together with the knowledge which they would have had if they had conducted a diligent inquiry into the relevant subject matter.

 

1.3. Currency

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to dollar amounts in this Agreement are expressed in Canadian currency.

 

1.4. Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of the Canada applicable therein. The Parties hereby irrevocably attorn to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Province of British Columbia with respect to any matter arising under or related to this Agreement.

 

1.5. Interpretation Not Affected by Headings

 

The division of this Agreement into articles and sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.6. Number and Gender

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to gender shall include both genders and words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice-versa.

 

1.7. Time of Essence

 

Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

1.8. Severability

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

     
 

 

1.9. Calculation of Time Periods

 

Where a time period is expressed to begin or end at, on or with a specified day, or to continue to or until a specified day, the time period includes that day. Where a time period is expressed to begin after or to be from a specified day, the time period does not include that day. Where anything is to be done within a time period expressed after, from or before a specified day, the time period does not include that day. If the last day of a time period is not a Business Day, the time period shall end on the next Business Day.

 

1.10. Statutory Instruments

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, any reference in this Agreement to any Law shall be construed as a reference to such Law as amended or re-enacted from time to time or as a reference to any successor thereto.

 

1.11. Incorporation of Schedules

 

The following are the schedules attached to and incorporated by reference into this Agreement:

 

  Schedule A Assets

 

2. – PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1. Purchased Assets

 

On the terms and subject to the fulfilment of the conditions of this Agreement, the Vendor agrees to sell, assign and transfer to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Vendor at the Closing Time on the Closing Date, all of the Purchased Assets.

 

2.2. Purchase Price

 

The aggregate purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) payable by the Purchaser to the Vendor for the Purchased Assets shall be the allotment and issuance of 46,173,916 common shares in the capital of the Purchaser (collectively, the “ Consideration Shares ”).

 

2.3. Payment of Purchase Price

 

At the Closing Time, the Purchaser will issue 54,501,819 Consideration Shares to the Vendor.

 

2.4. Transfer Taxes

 

The Purchaser shall be liable for and shall pay all federal and provincial sales taxes and all other taxes, duties, fees or other like charges of any jurisdiction properly payable in connection with the transfer of the Purchased Assets by the Vendor to the Purchaser.

 

2.5. Securities Laws Compliance

 

(1) The Parties hereto acknowledge that the issuance of the Consideration Shares by the Purchaser to the Vendor as contemplated herein is being made pursuant to an exemption from the registration and prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act.

 

     
 

 

(2) The Vendor confirms to and covenants with the Purchaser that:

 

  (a) it will comply with all requirements of applicable securities laws in connection with the issuance to it of the Consideration Shares and the resale of any of the Consideration Shares;
     
  (b) the Consideration Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any State of the United States and that the Purchaser does not intend to register the Consideration Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, or the securities laws of any State of the United States and has no obligation to do so; and
     
  (c) the Vendor is not a U.S. Person and is acquiring the Consideration Shares for its own account and not with a view to its distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) the U.S. Securities Act. The Vendor is either an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act, or is acquiring the Consideration Shares pursuant to section 4(2) of the U.S. Securities Act in a “private” offering and has the ability to bear the economic risk in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including a complete loss of future revenue related to the Consideration Shares.

 

(3) Upon the issuance of the Consideration Shares to the Vendor and until such time as is no longer required under applicable securities laws, the certificates representing the Consideration Shares will bear legends in substantially the following form:

 

“Unless permitted under securities legislation, the holder of this security must not trade this security before [the date that is 4 months and a day after the distribution date]”

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY ACQUIRING SUCH SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE CORPORATION, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT IF APPLICABLE, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES (1) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND THE HOLDER, PRIOR TO SUCH SALE PURSUANT TO (C)(1) OR (2), HAS FURNISHED TO THE CORPORATION AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION. PROVIDED THAT IF THE CORPORATION IS A “FOREIGN ISSUER” AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED BY REGULATION S OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AT THE TIME OF SALE, A NEW CERTIFICATE BEARING NO RESTRICTIVE LEGEND, DELIVERY OF WHICH WILL CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY”, MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT, UPON DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND A DULY EXECUTED DECLARATION, IN FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS TRANSFER AGENT, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT.

 

     
 

 

(4) The Vendor acknowledges that the Exchange may impose an escrow or voluntary pooling requirement on the Consideration Shares held by the Vendor and the Vendor agrees to escrow or pool any shares required by the Exchange.

 

3. – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1. Representations and Warranties of the Vendor

 

The Vendor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Purchaser and acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement and completing the Transaction:

 

(1) Incorporation and Existence of the Vendor . The Vendor is a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia.
   
(2) Corporate Power . The Vendor has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as now being conducted by it.
   
(3) Options . Except for the Purchaser’s right in this Agreement and as disclosed in the Purchaser’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, no person has any option, warrant, right, call, commitment, conversion right, right of exchange or other agreement or any right or privilege (whether by law, pre-emptive or contractual) capable of becoming an option, commitment, conversion right, right of exchange or other agreement for the purchase from the Vendor of any of the Purchased Assets.
   
(4) Validity of Agreement .

 

  (a) The Vendor has all necessary corporate power to own the Purchased Assets and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and the Vendor has all necessary corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under any other agreements or instruments to be delivered or given by it pursuant to this Agreement.
  (b) The Vendor’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Vendor.
  (c) This Agreement or any other agreements entered into pursuant to this Agreement to which the Vendor is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Vendor enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and except that equitable remedies may be granted only in the discretion of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(5) No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Vendor, the consummation of the Transaction and the fulfilment by the Vendor of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof will not (with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both):

 

     
 

 

  (a) contravene or violate or result in a material breach or a material default under or give rise to a right of termination, amendment or cancellation or the acceleration of any obligations of the Vendor under:

 

  (i) any applicable law;
  (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the Vendor;
     
  (iii) its Articles of Incorporation or any resolutions of the board of directors or shareholders of the Vendor;
  (iv) any Consent held by the Vendor or necessary to the ownership of the Purchased Assets; or
  (v) the provisions of any Contract to which the Vendor is a party or by which it is, or any of its properties or assets are, bound; or

 

  (b) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the Purchased Assets.

 

(6) Regulatory and Contractual Consents . To the knowledge of the Vendor, there is no requirement to make any filing with, give any notice to or obtain any Consent from any Regulatory Authority as a condition to the lawful consummation of the Transaction. There is no requirement under any Contract to which the Vendor is a party or by which the Vendor is bound to make any filing with, give any notice to, or to obtain the Consent of, any party to such Contract relating to the Transaction.
   
(7) No Material Adverse Change . Since the Annual Statement Date, no material adverse change has occurred in any of the assets, business, financial condition, earnings, results of operations or prospects of the Business nor has any other event, condition, or state of facts occurred or arisen which might have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition, earnings, results of operations or prospects of the Business.
   
(8) Compliance with Laws . The Vendor has complied, in all material respects, with all Laws applicable to the Purchased Assets.
   
(9) Assets. Schedule A is a complete and accurate list of all Assets, pertaining to the Technology, underlying the Purchased Assets;
   
(10) Licensed Patents. Schedule B is a complete and accurate list of all Licensed Patents, pertaining to the Technology.
   
(11) Title to Assets and Licensed Patents . The Vendor has good and marketable title to the Assigned and Licensed Patents. The Assets and Licensed Patents are free and clear of all Encumbrances and restrictions of transfer. There are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings threatened, pending or in progress on the part of any named inventor of the Patents relating in any way to the Assets and Vendor has not received notice of (and Vendor is not aware of any facts or circumstances which could reasonably be expected to give rise to) any other actions, suits, investigations, claims or proceedings threatened, pending or in progress relating in any way to the Patents.

 

     
 

 

(12) Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Vendor in this Agreement and no statement contained in any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.
   
(13) Reporting Issuer. The Vendor is a reporting issuer in good standing in the Reporting Jurisdictions and its common shares are posted and listed for trading on the Exchange. The Purchaser is not in material default under the Securities Laws of the Reporting Jurisdictions. No orders suspending the sale or ceasing the trading of any securities issued by the Purchaser have been issued by any Regulatory Authority, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending or, to the knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened.
   
(14) Consents . Other than the Exchange Approval and Shareholder Approval, there is no requirement for the Vendor to make any filing with, give any notice to or obtain any Consent from any Regulatory Authority as a condition to the lawful consummation of the Transaction.

 

3.2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

 

The Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Vendor and acknowledges that the Vendor is relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement and completing the Transaction:

 

(1) Incorporation and Existence . The Purchaser has been duly incorporated and organized and is a valid and subsisting company under the laws of the State of Oregon, and is duly qualified to carry on business in the State of Oregon and in each other jurisdiction, if any, wherein the carrying out of the activities contemplated makes such qualifications necessary.
   
(2) Capitalization. As at the date of this Agreement, the Purchaser has 32,779,298 common shares and no common share purchase warrants issued and outstanding exempt as disclosed in the Purchaser’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of the date of this Agreement.
   
(3) Reporting Issuer. The Purchaser is a reporting issuer in good standing in the United States and its common shares are posted and quoted for trading on the OTCQB. The Purchaser is not in material default under the Securities Laws of the United States. No orders suspending the sale or ceasing the trading of any securities issued by the Purchaser have been issued by any Regulatory Authority, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending or, to the knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened.
   
(4) Validity of Agreement .

 

  (a) The Purchaser has all necessary corporate power to own the Purchased Assets. The Purchaser has all necessary corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other agreements or instruments to be delivered or given by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

     
 

 

  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser.
     
  (c) This Agreement or any other agreements entered into pursuant to this Agreement to which the Purchaser is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and except that equitable remedies may be granted only in the discretion of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(5) No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser, the consummation of the Transaction and the fulfilment by the Purchaser of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof will not (with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both):

 

  (a) contravene or violate or result in a breach or a default under or give rise to a right of termination, amendment or cancellation or the acceleration of any obligations of the Purchaser, under:

 

  (i) any applicable Law;
     
  (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the Purchaser;
     
  (iii) the Articles, Notice of Articles or any resolutions of the board of directors or shareholders of the Purchaser;
     
  (iv) any Consent held by the Purchaser; or
     
  (v) the provisions of any Contract to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is, or any of its properties or assets are, bound.

 

(6) Brokers . Except for finders that may receive finder’s fees in connection with the Post-Closing Financing in accordance with Exchange policies, the Purchaser has not engaged any broker or other agent in connection with the Transaction and, accordingly, there is no commission, fee or other remuneration payable to any broker or agent who purports or may purport to have acted for the Purchaser.
   
(7) Consideration Shares . The Consideration Shares to be issued hereunder will, upon issue and delivery, be validly issued as fully-paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Purchaser, free of all restrictions on trading other than those required by applicable securities law or by the Exchange as set out in Section 2.5 hereof.
   
(8) Exchange Listing. The Purchaser shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing on the Exchange of the common shares in the capital of the Purchaser for a period of at least 24 months after the Closing Date.
   
(9) Public Disclosure. The Purchaser has filed all forms, reports, documents and information required to be filed by it, whether pursuant to applicable securities laws or otherwise, with the Exchange (or one of its predecessors) or the applicable securities regulatory authorities (the “ Disclosure Documents ”). As of the time the Disclosure Documents were filed with the applicable securities regulators and on EDGAR: (i) each of the Disclosure Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable securities laws; and (ii) none of the Disclosure Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

     
 

 

(10) Financial Statements. The financial statements of the Purchaser contained in the Disclosure Documents: (i) complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations under the applicable securities laws; (ii) were reported in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, as the case may be; and (iii) present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Purchaser and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations of the Purchaser for the periods covered thereby.
   
(11) Material Change/Material Fact. There is no “material fact” or “material change” (as those terms are defined in applicable securities legislation) in the affairs of the Corporation that has not been generally disclosed to the public.

 

3.3. Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties of the Vendor

 

To the extent that they have not been fully performed at or prior to the Closing Time, and unless otherwise provided, the covenants, representations and warranties of the Vendor contained in this Agreement and any agreement, instrument, certificate or other document executed or delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall continue for the benefit of the Purchaser for a period of 2 years notwithstanding such Closing, nor any investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any knowledge of the Purchaser, except that the representations and warranties set out in Section 3.1(1) to and including 3.1(4) and the corresponding representations and warranties set out in the certificates to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1, shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect without limitation of time.

 

3.4. Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

 

To the extent that they have not been fully performed at or prior to the Closing Time, and unless otherwise provided, the covenants, representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement and in any agreement, instrument, certificate or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall continue for the benefit of the Vendor for a period of 2 years notwithstanding such Closing, nor any investigation made by or on behalf of the Vendor or any knowledge of the Vendor, except that the representations and warranties set out in Sections 3.2(1) and 3.2(4), and the corresponding representations and warranties set out in the certificates to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2, shall survive the Closing and shall continue in full force and effect without limitation of time.

 

4. – COVENANTS

 

4.1. Exchange Approval

 

The Purchaser shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Exchange Approval. If requested by the Purchaser, the Vendor shall assist the Purchaser with obtaining such approval by providing additional information or documentation as may be required by the Exchange.

 

4.2. Shareholder Approval and Transaction Document

 

If required pursuant to the Exchange Approval, the Vendor shall convene and conduct a special meeting of the Vendor’s shareholders as soon as reasonably practicable for the purpose of considering and approving the Transaction (the “ Special Meeting ”). Whether or not the Vendor is required to hold the Special Meeting, the Vendor shall prepare and complete, in consultation with the Purchaser, the Transaction Document required by the Exchange, and the Vendor shall cause the Transaction Document to be filed and sent to shareholders of the Vendor in accordance with applicable Law in order to obtain the approval of the Vendor’s shareholders at the Special Meeting or by way of consent resolution, as may be permitted by the Exchange. Each of the Vendor and the Purchaser will:

 

(a) ensure that all information provided by it or on its behalf that is contained in the Transaction Document does not contain any misrepresentation or any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated in the Transaction Document and necessary to make any statement that it contains not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it is made; and

 

(b) promptly notify the other party if, at any time before Closing, it becomes aware that the Transaction Document contains a misrepresentation, an untrue statement of material fact, omits to state a material fact required to be stated in those documents that is necessary to make any statement it contains not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it is made or that otherwise requires an amendment or a supplement to those documents.

 

     
 

 

4.3. Maintenance of Corporate Status

 

Prior to Closing and for a period of a least 24 months after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a corporation validly subsisting under the laws of its jurisdiction of existence, licensed, registered or qualified as an extra-provincial or foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where the character of its properties owned or leased or the nature of the activities conducted by it make such licensing, registration or qualification necessary and shall carry on its business in the ordinary course and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of each such jurisdiction.

 

5. – Conditions

 

5.1 Mutual Conditions Precedent

 

The respective obligations of the parties hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Time, of the following conditions any of which may be waived by the mutual consent of such parties without prejudice to their rights to rely on any other or others of such conditions:

 

  (a) the Exchange shall have conditionally accepted the Transaction and the Transaction shall have been approved by the shareholders of the Purchaser in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange; and
     
  (b) the Consideration Shares to be issued upon the completion of the Transaction shall have been accepted for listing by the Exchange, subject only to the Purchaser fulfilling the Exchange’s listing requirements.

 

     
 

 

5.2 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the obligation of the Purchaser to complete the transactions provided for herein will be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing Time:

 

  (a) The representations and warranties of the Vendor contained in this Agreement shall be true and accurate on the date hereof and at the Closing Time with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as of the Closing Time (regardless of the date as of which the information in this Agreement or in any Schedule or other document made pursuant hereto is given).
     
  (b) The Vendor shall have complied with all covenants and agreements herein agreed to be performed or caused to be performed by them at or prior to the Closing Time.
     
  (c) The Vendor shall have delivered to the Purchaser a certificate in a form satisfactory to the Purchaser confirming that the facts with respect to each of the representations and warranties of the Vendor are as set out herein and remain true at the Closing Time and that the Vendor has performed each of the covenants required to be performed by it hereunder.
     
  (d) No order, decision or ruling of any court, tribunal or regulatory authority having jurisdiction will have been made, and no action or proceeding will be pending or threatened which, in the opinion of counsel to the Purchaser, is likely to result in an order, decision or ruling:

 

  (i) to disallow, enjoin, prohibit or impose any limitations or conditions on the Transaction or the transactions contemplated hereby; or
     
  (ii) to impose any limitations or conditions which may have an adverse effect on the Purchased Assets.

 

  (e) All consents, approvals authorizations of any governmental or regulator authority or person whose consent to the Transaction is required to be obtained in order to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby in compliance with all laws and agreements binding upon the parties hereto will have been obtained.

 

The conditions contained in this Section 5.2 are inserted for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived in whole or in part by the Purchaser at any time. The Vendor acknowledges that the waiver by the Purchaser of any condition or any part of any condition will constitute a waiver only of such condition or such part of such condition, as the case may be, and will not constitute a waiver of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty made by the Vendor herein that corresponds or is related to such condition or such part of such condition, as the case may be. If any of the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 are not fulfilled or complied with in all material respects as herein provided, the Purchaser may, at or prior to the Closing Time at its option, rescind this Agreement by notice in writing to the Vendor and in such event the Purchaser will be released from all obligations hereunder and, unless the condition or conditions which have not been fulfilled are reasonably capable of being fulfilled or caused to be fulfilled by the Vendor, then the Vendor will also be released from all obligations hereunder.

 

     
 

 

5.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Vendor

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the obligations of the Vendor to complete the transactions provided for herein will be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing Time:

 

  (a) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any documents delivered in order to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby will be true and accurate on the date hereof and at the Closing Time with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as of the Closing Time (regardless of the date as of which the information in this Agreement or any such Schedule or other document made pursuant hereto is given).
     
  (b) The Purchaser shall have complied with all covenants and agreements herein agreed to be performed or caused to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing Time.
     
  (c) The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Vendor a certificate confirming that the facts with respect to each of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser are as set out herein at the Closing Time and that the Purchaser has performed each of the covenants required to be performed by it hereunder.
     
  (d) There shall have been no material adverse change in the business of the Purchaser.
     
  (e) No order, decision or ruling of any court, tribunal or regulatory authority having jurisdiction will have been made, and no action or proceeding will be pending or threatened which, in the opinion of counsel to the Vendor, is likely to result in an order, decision or ruling:

 

  (i) to disallow, enjoin, prohibit or impose any limitations or conditions on the Transaction or the transactions contemplated hereby; or
     
  (ii) to impose any limitations or conditions which may have an adverse effect on the business of the Purchaser.

 

  (f) All consents, approvals and authorizations of any governmental or regulatory authority or person whose consent to the Transaction is required to be obtained in order to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby in compliance with all laws and agreements binding upon the parties hereto will have been obtained.
     
  (g) The Purchaser shall issue and deliver to the Vendor the Consideration Shares in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

 

The conditions contained in this Section 5.3 hereof are inserted for the exclusive benefit of the Vendor and may be waived in whole or in part by the Vendor at any time. The Purchaser acknowledges that the waiver by the Vendor of any condition or any part of any condition will constitute a waiver only of such condition or such part of such condition, as the case may be, and will not constitute a waiver of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty made by the Vendor herein that corresponds or is related to such condition or such part of such condition, as the case may be. If any of the conditions contained in this Section 5.3 hereof are not fulfilled or complied with as herein provided, the Vendor may, at or prior to the Closing Time at its option, rescind this Agreement by notice in writing to the Purchaser and in such event the Vendor will be released from all obligations hereunder and, unless the condition or conditions which have not been fulfilled are reasonably capable of being fulfilled or caused to be fulfilled by the Purchaser, then the Purchaser will also be released from all obligations hereunder.

 

     
 

 

6. –CLOSING

 

6.1. Vendor Deliveries

 

At the Closing Time, the Vendor shall deliver to the Purchaser the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser:

 

  (a) the certificate of the Vendor contemplated in Section 5.2;
     
  (b) an opinion from the Vendor’s IP legal counsel addressed to the Purchaser in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, relating to the Purchased Assets;
     
  (c) certified copy of the resolution of the directors and the shareholders of the Vendor authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Vendor of the terms of the Agreement;
     
  (d) all documentation and other evidence reasonably requested by the Purchaser in order to establish the due authorization and consummation of the Transaction, including the taking of all corporate proceedings by the boards of directors and shareholders of the Vendor required to effectively carry out the obligations of the Vendor pursuant to this Agreement; and
     
  (e) a duly completed and executed patent assignment and any other documentation necessary or reasonably required to transfer the Purchased Assets to the Purchaser with a good and marketable title, free and clear of all Encumbrances whatsoever.

 

6.2. Purchaser Deliveries

 

At the Closing Time, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Vendor the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Vendor:

 

  (a) the certificate of the Purchaser contemplated in Section 5.3;
     
  (b) certificates representing the Consideration Shares;
     
  (c) if necessary, a copy of a letter from the Exchange approving the Transaction;
     
  (d) a certified copy of the resolution of the directors of the Purchaser authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Purchaser of the terms of the Agreement including without limitation the allotment and issuance of the Consideration Shares; and
     
  (e) all documentation and other evidence reasonably requested by the Vendor in order to establish the due authorization and consummation of the Transaction, including the taking of all corporate proceedings by the boards of directors and shareholders of the Purchaser required to effectively carry out the obligations of the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

     
 

 

6.3. Place of Closing

 

The Closing shall take place at the Closing Time at the offices of the Purchaser or at such other place as the Purchaser and the Vendor may agree upon in writing.

 

7. – INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1. Purchaser Indemnity

 

The Purchaser will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Vendor from, against, for, and in respect of any and all Losses asserted against, relating to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Vendor by reason of, resulting from, based upon or arising out of (i) any misrepresentation, misstatement or breach of warranty of the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; or (ii) the breach or partial breach by the Purchaser of any covenant or agreement of the Purchaser made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.2. Vendor Indemnity

 

The Vendor will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Purchaser from, against, for, and in respect of any and all Losses asserted against, relating to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Purchaser by reason of, resulting from, based upon or arising out of (i) any misrepresentation, misstatement or breach of warranty of Vendor contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; or (ii) the breach or partial breach by the Vendor of any covenant or agreement of the Vendor made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8. - ARBITRATION

 

8.1. Reasonable Commercial Efforts to Settle Disputes

 

If any controversy, dispute, claim, question or difference (a “ Dispute ”) arises with respect to this Agreement or its performance, enforcement, breach, termination or validity, the Parties to the Dispute will use all commercially reasonable efforts to settle the Dispute. To this end, they will consult and negotiate with each other in good faith and understanding of their mutual interests to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to all such Parties.

 

8.2. Arbitration

 

Except as is expressly provided in this Agreement, if the Parties do not reach a solution pursuant to Section 8.1 within a period of 15 Business Days following the first notice of the Dispute by any Party to the other party(ies) to the Dispute, then upon written notice by any Party to the other party(ies) to the Dispute, the Dispute will be submitted to non-binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act (British Columbia), based upon the following:

 

(1) the arbitration tribunal will consist of one arbitrator appointed by mutual agreement of such Parties, or in the event of failure to agree within 10 Business Days following delivery of the written notice to arbitrate, any such Party may apply to a judge of the British Columbia Supreme Court to appoint an arbitrator. The arbitrator will be qualified by education and training to pass upon the particular matter to be decided;

 

     
 

 

(2) the arbitrator will be instructed that time is of the essence in the arbitration proceeding and, in any event, the arbitration award must be made within 30 days of the appointment of the arbitrator;
   
(3) after written notice is given to refer any Dispute to arbitration, the Parties to the Dispute will meet within 15 Business Days of delivery of the notice to arbitrate and will negotiate in good faith to agree upon the rules and procedures for the arbitration, in an effort to expedite the process and otherwise ensure that the process is appropriate given the nature of the Dispute and the values at risk, failing which, the rules and procedures for the arbitration will be finally determined by the arbitrator;
   
(4) the arbitration will take place in Vancouver, British Columbia;
   
(5) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or otherwise decided by the arbitrator, the fees and other costs associated with the arbitrator will be shared equally by the Parties to the Dispute and each Party to the Dispute will be responsible for its own costs;
   
(6) the arbitration award will be given in writing, will provide reasons for the decision, and will be final and binding on the Parties, not subject to any appeal, and will deal with the question of costs of arbitration and all related matters;
   
(7) judgment upon any award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction or application may be made to the Court for a judicial recognition of the award or an order of enforcement, as the case may be;
   
(8) all Disputes referred to arbitration (including without limitation the scope of the agreement to arbitrate, any statute of limitations, conflict of laws rules, tort claims and interest claims) will be governed by the substantive law of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein; and
   
(9) the Parties to the Dispute agree that the arbitration will be kept confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any element of it (including any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or other oral submissions and any awards) will not be disclosed beyond the arbitrator, the Parties to the Dispute, their counsel and any person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding, except as may lawfully be required in judicial proceedings relating to the arbitration or otherwise.

 

9. – GENERAL

 

9.1. Confidentiality

 

The Purchaser covenants and agrees that, except as otherwise authorized by the Vendor and until the Closing, neither the Purchaser nor its representatives, agents or employees will disclose to third parties, directly or indirectly, any confidential information or confidential data relating to the Vendor or the Business discovered or received by the Purchaser or its representatives, agents or employees as a result of the Vendor making available to the Purchaser and its representatives, agents or employees the information requested by them in connection with the Transaction.

 

     
 

 

9.2. Collection of Personal Information

 

The Vendor acknowledges and consents to the fact that the Purchaser may be required to collect its personal information which may be disclosed by the Purchaser to:

 

  (a) the Exchange or securities regulatory authorities;
  (b) the Purchaser’s registrar and transfer agent;
  (c) Canadian tax authorities; and
(d) authorities pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).

 

By executing this Agreement, the Vendor is deemed to be consenting to the foregoing collection, use and disclosure of such personal information and to the retention of such personal information for as long as permitted or required by law or business practice. The Vendor hereby consents to the foregoing collection, use and disclosure of such personal information for such purposes only. The Vendor also consents to the filing of copies or originals of any of the documents described herein as may be required to be filed with the Exchange or any securities regulatory authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. An officer of the Purchaser is available to answer questions about the collection of personal information by the Purchaser.

 

9.3. Notices

 

(1) Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, transmitted by facsimile or similar means of recorded electronic communication or sent by registered mail, charges prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

(a) if to the Vendor:

 

Reg Technologies Inc.
Suite 500 – 666 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3P6
Attention: Paul Chute
Email: pwci@regtech.com

 

(b) if to the Purchaser:

 

REGI U.S.
7520 N Market St. #10

Spokane, WA, 99217

Attention: Paul Chute
Email: pchute@radmaxtech.com

 

Any such notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day on which it was delivered or transmitted (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next following Business Day) or, if mailed, on the third Business Day following the date of mailing; provided, however, that if at the time of mailing or within three Business Days thereafter there is or occurs a labour dispute or other event that might reasonably be expected to disrupt the delivery of documents by mail, any notice or other communication hereunder shall be delivered or transmitted by means of recorded electronic communication as described.

 

     
 

 

(2) Any Party may at any time change its address for service from time to time by giving notice to the other Parties in accordance with this Section 9.3.

 

9.4. Public Announcements and Disclosure

 

The Parties shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or making any other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the Transaction and, except as required by any applicable Law or stock exchange having jurisdiction, no Party shall issue any such press release or make any such public announcement without the prior written consent of the others, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Prior to any such press release or public announcement, none of the Parties shall disclose this Agreement or any aspect of the Transaction except to its board of directors, its senior management, its legal, accounting, financial or other professional advisors, any financial institution contacted by it with respect to any financing required in connection with the Transaction and counsel to such institution, or as may be required by any applicable Law or stock exchange having jurisdiction.

 

9.5. Assignment

 

The rights of the Purchaser hereunder are not assignable without the written consent of the Vendor. The rights of the Vendor hereunder are not assignable without the written consent of the Purchaser.

 

9.6. Commercially Reasonable Efforts

 

The Parties acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, an obligation on the part of any Party to use its “commercially reasonable efforts” to obtain any waiver, Consent or other document shall not require such Party to make any payment to any person for the purpose of procuring the same, other than payments for amounts due and payable to such person, payments for incidental expenses incurred by such person and payments required by any applicable law or regulation.

 

9.7. Expenses

 

Unless otherwise provided, each of the Vendor and the Purchaser shall be responsible for the expenses (including fees and expenses of legal advisers, accountants and other professional advisers) incurred by them, respectively, in connection with the negotiation and settlement of this Agreement and the completion of the Transaction. In the event of termination of this Agreement, the obligation of each Party to pay its own expenses will be subject to any rights of such Party arising from a breach of this Agreement by another Party.

 

9.8. Further Assurances

 

Each of the Parties shall promptly do, make, execute, deliver, or cause to be done, made, executed or delivered, all such further acts, documents and things as the other Parties may reasonably require from time to time after Closing at the expense of the requesting Party for the purpose of giving effect to this Agreement and shall use reasonable efforts and take all such steps as may be reasonably within its power to implement to their full extent the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.9. Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement, including all Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether written or oral including without limitation, the Letter of Intent. There are no conditions, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties or other provisions, express or implied, collateral, statutory or otherwise, relating to the subject matter except provided in this Agreement. No reliance is placed by any Party on any warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact made by any Party or its directors, officers, employees or agents, to any other Party or its directors, officers, employees or agents, except to the extent that it has been reduced to writing and included in this Agreement.

 

     
 

 

9.10. Waiver, Amendment

 

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party to be bound. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision, nor shall any waiver of any provision of this Agreement constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

9.11. Rights Cumulative

 

The rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and not alternative.

 

9.12. Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and/or by facsimile or e-mail transmission of Adobe Acrobat files, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any Party executing this Agreement by fax or Adobe Acrobat file shall, immediately following a request by any other Party, provide an originally executed counterpart of this Agreement provided, however, that any failure to so provide shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the Parties.

 

REGI U.S.

 

Per: /s/ Paul Chute, President  
Paul Chute, President  

 

REG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

Per: /s/ Paul Chute, President  
Paul Chute, President  

 

     
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

THE ASSETS

 

[  ] Canadian Patent No. 2,496,157 for VANE-TYPE ROTARY APPARATUS WITH SPLIT VANES
     
[  ] Canadian Patent No. 2,672,332 for A ROTARY DEVICE
     
[  ] 2,744,700 common shares of REGI U.S., Inc.
     
[  ] 1,530,000 common shares of Rand Energy Group Inc.; Rand Energy Group Inc. owns 588,567 common shares of REGI U.S., Inc.
     
[  ] 3,287,737 common shares of Minewest Silver & Gold, Inc.

 

     
 

 

 

ECDIS on R.O.K. Navy P154(AOE-II) Contract
Navigation Technology Solution for Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

Project: 1 Shipset of ECDIS on R.O.K. Navy P154(AOE-II)

Ordering: Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

Contract No. (HHI): PU1544E302

Product No.: E302

Price: 272,000,000 Won

Payment Terms

 

  30% Initial Payment
     
  70% After Installation

 

Installation Date: July 12 th 2016

Supply & Installation Terms

 

  Technical Support and Training
     
  Test Drive & Commissioning
     
  The installation date can be changed per The Ordering’s demand
     
  The Contract is in full effect when there is no refusal for 30 days after being issued

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE Inc. (“The Supplier”) agree to execute all matters for [ECDIS for R.O.K. Navy P154(AOE-II)]

 

April 1 st 2016

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

24 Sets of HATTELAND Supply Contract
Navigation Technology Solution for Hyundai Heavy Industries

 

Project: 24 Sets of HATTELAND for Hyundai Heavy Industries

Ordering: Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

Contract No. (HHI): EM146M6013

Project No. (HHI): SH744 9H35DF – G/E

Price: 132,000,000 Won

Payment Terms

 

Product   Qt.   Installation Date   Price  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   02/10/2015     20,000,000 Won  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   03/19/2015     20,000,000 Won  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   06/19/2015     20,000,000 Won  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   08/10/2015     20,000,000 Won  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   10/26/2015     20,000,000 Won  
POS FOR MARITIME MULTI COMPUTER (BA5737-4480-01)   4   01/05/2016     20,000,000 Won  

 

Installation Date: February 10 th 2015 – January 5 th 2016

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“The Customer”) and e-MARINE Inc. (“The Supplier”) agree to execute all matters for [24 Sets of HATTELAND]

 

June 3rd 2014

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

Employment(Salary) Agreement

 

e-Marine Co., Ltd.(The Company) and Min Sik Park(The Employee) sign an annual salary agreement for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 and mutually pledge to fulfill faithfully

 

Article 1. Agreement Period

 

The agreement is for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018, total of twelve (12) months. If the date of entry is later than the commencement date of this Agreement (March 1st), the salary amount noted in the agreement is for the period between the date of entry and Feb 28th of the following year.

 

Article 2. Compensation Configuration

 

Sort   Summary
Basic Salary   - Basic monthly Salary
Legal Allowance   - Overtime Allowance
Other Allowance   - Meals, childcare allowance, vehicle maintenance cost, organization management fee
    - Bonus

 

Article 3. Compensation Calculation

 

3.1 Annual salary for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 is 93,370,393 KRW which consists of basic salary, legal allowance and other allowance.

 

3.2 Basic salary is 65,709,993 KRW and it is calculated as below

 

- Basic Salary = Monthly Basic Salary X 12

 

3.3 Legal Allowance means overtime allowance and it is 26,460,400 KRW. It is calculated with the base of 40 hours of overtime per a month.

 

- Monthly Overtime = Monthly basic salary ÷ 209 hours x 1.5 x 40 hours

- Legal Allowance = Monthly overtime x 12

 

3.4 Other Allowance is 1,200,000 KRW for lunch meals. The company may pay a prescribed allowance determined by The Company.

 

Article 4. Payment method and time

 

4.1 Total annual salary is divided by twelve and distributed per month.

 

4.2 Monthly salary is given on 25th date of each month. If the date is a holiday, the salary is paid on the day before.

 

 

 

 

Article 5. Salary Establishment and Adjustment

 

5.1 Salary is adjusted once a year on the date that The Company chooses.

 

5.2 Salary can be adjusted due to reasons such as promotion, change of position, etc.

 

Article 6. Confidentiality

 

Contents of the agreement between The Company and The Employee must be confidential. The Employee’s salary shall not be disclosed to other employees.

 

Article 7. Termination

 

If The Company finds The Employee to be harmful to The Company and/or finds The Employee damaging The Company, The Company has the right to terminate the agreement.

 

Article 8. Other

 

Regarding severance pay and vacation days compensation, The Employee agree to follow The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and other related Korean laws.

 

In order to prove the above, two copies of the agreement must be fully executed, and The Company and The Employee each will keep one copy.

 

 

 

 

 

Employment (Salary) Agreement

 

e-Marine Co., Ltd.(The Company) and Seung HO Yang(The Employee) sign an annual salary agreement for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 and mutually pledge to fulfill faithfully

 

Article 1. Agreement Period

 

The agreement is for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018, total of twelve (12) months. If the date of entry is later than the commencement date of this Agreement (March 1st), the salary amount noted in the agreement is for the period between the date of entry and Feb 28th of the following year.

 

Article 2. Compensation Configuration

 

Sort   Summary
Basic Salary   - Basic monthly Salary
Legal Allowance   - Overtime Allowance
Other Allowance   - Meals, childcare allowance, vehicle maintenance cost, organization management fee
    - Bonus

 

Article 3. Compensation Calculation

 

3.1 Annual salary for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 is 94,188,353 KRW which consists of basic salary, legal allowance and other allowance.

 

3.2 Basic salary is 66,293,132 KRW and it is calculated as below

 

- Basic Salary = Monthly Basic Salary X 12

 

3.3 Legal Allowance means overtime allowance and it is 26,265,221 KRW. It is calculated with the base of 40 hours of overtime per a month.

 

- Monthly Overtime = Monthly basic salary ÷ 209 hours x 1.5 x 40 hours

- Legal Allowance = Monthly overtime x 12

 

3.4 Other Allowance is 1,200,000 KRW for lunch meals. The company may pay a prescribed allowance determined by The Company.

 

Article 4. Payment method and time

 

4.1 Total annual salary is divided by twelve and distributed per month.

 

4.2 Monthly salary is given on 25th date of each month. If the date is a holiday, the salary is paid on the day before.

 

 

 

 

Article 5. Salary Establishment and Adjustment

 

5.1 Salary is adjusted once a year on the date that The Company chooses.

 

5.2 Salary can be adjusted due to reasons such as promotion, change of position, etc.

 

Article 6. Confidentiality

 

Contents of the agreement between The Company and The Employee must be confidential. The Employee’s salary shall not be disclosed to other employees.

 

Article 7. Termination

 

If The Company finds The Employee to be harmful to The Company and/or finds The Employee damaging The Company, The Company has the right to terminate the agreement.

 

Article 8. Other

 

Regarding severance pay and vacation days compensation, The Employee agree to follow The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and other related Korean laws.

 

In order to prove the above, two copies of the agreement must be fully executed, and The Company and The Employee each will keep one copy.

 

 

 

 

 

Employment(Salary) Agreement

 

e-Marine Co., Ltd.(The Company) and Ung Gyu Kim(The Employee) sign an annual salary agreement for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 and mutually pledge to fulfill faithfully

 

Article 1. Agreement Period

 

The agreement is for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018, total of twelve (12) months. If the date of entry is later than the commencement date of this Agreement (March 1st), the salary amount noted in the agreement is for the period between the date of entry and Feb 28th of the following year.

 

Article 2. Compensation Configuration

 

Sort   Summary
Basic Salary   - Basic monthly Salary
Legal Allowance   - Overtime Allowance
Other Allowance   - Meals, childcare allowance, vehicle maintenance cost, organization management fee
    - Bonus

 

Article 3. Compensation Calculation

 

3.1 Annual salary for the period between March 1st, 2017 and February 28th, 2018 is 202,411,080 KRW which consists of basic salary, legal allowance and other allowance.

 

3.2 Basic salary is 143,447,134 KRW and it is calculated as below

 

- Basic Salary = Monthly Basic Salary X 12

 

3.3 Legal Allowance means overtime allowance and it is 57,763,946 KRW. It is calculated with the base of 40 hours of overtime per a month.

 

- Monthly Overtime = Monthly basic salary ÷ 209 hours x 1.5 x 40 hours

- Legal Allowance = Monthly overtime x 12

 

3.4 Other Allowance is 1,200,000 KRW for lunch meals. The company may pay a prescribed allowance determined by The Company.

 

Article 4. Payment method and time

 

4.1 Total annual salary is divided by twelve and distributed per month.

 

4.2 Monthly salary is given on 25th date of each month. If the date is a holiday, the salary is paid on the day before.

 

 

 

 

Article 5. Salary Establishment and Adjustment

 

5.1 Salary is adjusted once a year on the date that The Company chooses.

 

5.2 Salary can be adjusted due to reasons such as promotion, change of position, etc.

 

Article 6. Confidentiality

 

Contents of the agreement between The Company and The Employee must be confidential. The Employee’s salary shall not be disclosed to other employees.

 

Article 7. Termination

 

If The Company finds The Employee to be harmful to The Company and/or finds The Employee damaging The Company, The Company has the right to terminate the agreement.

 

Article 8. Other

 

Regarding severance pay and vacation days compensation, The Employee agree to follow The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and other related Korean laws.

 

In order to prove the above, two copies of the agreement must be fully executed, and The Company and The Employee each will keep one copy.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of eMARINE Global Inc.

 

Name of Entity   Jurisdiction
e-Marine Co., Ltd.   Republic of Korea

 

     
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

Certifications

 

I, Ung Gyu Kim, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Emarine Global Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 17, 2018 /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
  Ung Gyu Kim
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

     
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

I, Ung Gyu Kim, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Emarine Global Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017;
   
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
   
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
   
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
      
  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 17, 2018 By: /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
    Ung Gyu Kim
    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

     
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Emarine Global Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ung Gyu Kim, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 17, 2018 /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
  Ung Gyu Kim
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

     
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Emarine Global Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ung Gyu Kim, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 17, 2018 /s/ Ung Gyu Kim
  Ung Gyu Kim
 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)